Author: keichwa Date: 2017-09-14 14:11:31 +0000 (Thu, 14 Sep 2017) New Revision: 97428 Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/zh_CN/po/caasp.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/zh_CN/po/country.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/zh_CN/po/storage.zh_CN.po Log: merged Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/zh_CN/po/caasp.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/zh_CN/po/caasp.zh_CN.po 2017-09-14 14:10:35 UTC (rev 97427) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/zh_CN/po/caasp.zh_CN.po 2017-09-14 14:11:31 UTC (rev 97428) @@ -14,18 +14,18 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Title for installation overview dialog -#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:76 +#. Title for installation overview dialog +#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:76 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "安装概述" -#. Button label: start the installation -#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:78 +#. Button label: start the installation +#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:78 msgid "Install" msgstr "安装" -#. %s is a problem description -#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:102 +#. %s is a problem description +#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:102 msgid "" "Software proposal failed. Cannot proceed with installation.\n" "%s" @@ -33,17 +33,17 @@ "软件建议失败。无法继续安装。\n" "%s" -#. @return [String] Widget's label -#. Check if the user wants to intentionally skip the NTP server configuration -#. -#. @return [Boolean] true if user wants to skip it; false otherwise. -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:51 -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:98 +#. @return [String] Widget's label +#. Check if the user wants to intentionally skip the NTP server configuration +#. +#. @return [Boolean] true if user wants to skip it; false otherwise. +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:51 +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:98 msgid "NTP Servers" msgstr "NTP 服务器" -#. Initializes the widget's value -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:65 +#. Initializes the widget's value +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:65 msgid "" "Not valid location for the NTP servers:\n" "%{servers}\n" @@ -55,8 +55,8 @@ "\n" "请输入有效的 IP 或主机名" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid ntp server name/address -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:100 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid ntp server name/address +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:100 msgid "" "You have not configured an NTP server. This may lead to\n" "your cluster not functioning properly or at all.\n" @@ -70,29 +70,24 @@ "\n" "是否要继续安装？" -#. by default widget_id is the class name; must differentiate instances -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:72 -msgid "" -"Problem found when proposing %{client}:<br>Severity: %{severity}<br>Message: " -"%{message}" +#. by default widget_id is the class name; must differentiate instances +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:72 +msgid "Problem found when proposing %{client}:<br>Severity: %{severity}<br>Message: %{message}" msgstr "建议 %{client} 时发现问题：<br>严重性：%{severity}<br>讯息：%{message}" -#. %s is a heading of a problematic section, like "Partitioning" or "Network" -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:110 -msgid "" -"%s blocks the installation. Please solve the problem there before proceeding." +#. %s is a heading of a problematic section, like "Partitioning" or "Network" +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:110 +msgid "%s blocks the installation. Please solve the problem there before proceeding." msgstr "%s 阻止了安装。请解决相关问题后再继续。" -#. This widget is responsible of validate and store the introduced location -#. which must be a valid IP or FQDN. -#. bsc#1032057: old name: Controller Node, new name: Administration Node. -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:43 +#. This widget is responsible of validate and store the introduced location +#. which must be a valid IP or FQDN. +#. bsc#1032057: old name: Controller Node, new name: Administration Node. +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:43 msgid "Administration Node" msgstr "管理节点" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid administration node location -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:67 -msgid "" -"Not valid location for the administration node, please enter a valid IP or " -"Hostname" +#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid administration node location +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:67 +msgid "Not valid location for the administration node, please enter a valid IP or Hostname" msgstr "该位置对管理节点无效，请输入有效的 IP 或主机名" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/zh_CN/po/country.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/zh_CN/po/country.zh_CN.po 2017-09-14 14:10:35 UTC (rev 97427) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/zh_CN/po/country.zh_CN.po 2017-09-14 14:11:31 UTC (rev 97428) @@ -14,61 +14,60 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59 +#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59 msgid "Keyboard configuration." msgstr "键盘配置。" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72 msgid "Keyboard configuration summary." msgstr "键盘配置摘要。" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79 msgid "Set new values for keyboard configuration." msgstr "为键盘配置设置新值。" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86 msgid "List all available keyboard layouts." msgstr "列出所有可用的键盘布局。" -#. command line help text for 'set layout' option -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94 +#. command line help text for 'set layout' option +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94 msgid "New keyboard layout" msgstr "新键盘布局" -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1388 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1388 msgid "Current Keyboard Layout: %1" msgstr "当前键盘布局：%1" -#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 -msgid "" -"Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." +#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 +msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." msgstr "键盘布局\"%1\"无效。使用\"list\"命令查看可能的值。" -#. summary item -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 +#. summary item +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 msgid "Keyboard Layout" msgstr "键盘布局" -#. menue label text -#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout' -#. widget label -#. menu button label -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93 -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187 -#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:42 -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78 +#. menue label text +#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout' +#. widget label +#. menu button label +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93 +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187 +#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:42 +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "键盘布局(&K)" -#. help text for keyboard expert screen -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:52 +#. help text for keyboard expert screen +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:52 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Here, fine tune various settings of the keyboard module.\n" @@ -82,80 +81,76 @@ " 如果不确定，则使用已选定的默认值。\n" " </p>" -#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 -msgid "" -"<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the " -"keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>此处所作的设置仅适用于控制台键盘。请使用其他工具来配置图形用户界面的键盘。" -"</p>\n" +#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 +msgid "<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>此处所作的设置仅适用于控制台键盘。请使用其他工具来配置图形用户界面的键盘。</p>\n" -#. heading text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 +#. heading text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Expert Keyboard Settings" msgstr "专家键盘设置" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:85 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:85 msgid "Repeat &Rate" msgstr "重复率(&R)" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:93 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:93 msgid "De&lay before Repetition Starts" msgstr "重复延迟(&L)" -#. frame label -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:99 +#. frame label +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "Start-Up States" msgstr "启动状态" -#. combobox label -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:105 +#. combobox label +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "&Num Lock On" msgstr "Num Lock 打开(&N)" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:108 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:108 msgid "BIOS Settings" msgstr "BIOS 设置" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:110 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:644 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:110 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:644 msgid "Yes" msgstr "是" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:112 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:645 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:112 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:645 msgid "No" msgstr "否" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:114 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:114 msgid "<Untouched>" msgstr "<保留不动>" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:125 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:125 msgid "D&isable Caps Lock" msgstr "禁用 Caps Lock(&I)" -#. title for input field to test the keyboard setting -#. (no more than about 25 characters!) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:193 +#. title for input field to test the keyboard setting +#. (no more than about 25 characters!) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "&Test" msgstr "测试(&T)" -#. push button -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:203 +#. push button +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "E&xpert Settings..." msgstr "专家设置(&X)..." -#. help text for keyboard screen (header) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:220 +#. help text for keyboard screen (header) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:220 msgid "" "\n" "<p><big><b>Keyboard Configuration</b></big></p>" @@ -163,15 +158,14 @@ "\n" "<p><big><b>键盘配置</b></big></p>" -#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:226 +#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:226 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to use for\n" "installation and in the installed system. \n" "Test the layout in <b>Test</b>.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert " -"Settings</b>.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" @@ -181,8 +175,8 @@ " 对于高级选项(如重复率和延迟)，选择<b>专家设置</b>。\n" " </p>\n" -#. general help trailer -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238 +#. general help trailer +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If unsure, use the default values already selected.\n" @@ -192,28 +186,26 @@ "如果不能确定，请使用已经选定的默认值。\n" "</p>" -#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:248 +#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:248 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to use in the system.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert " -"Settings</b>.</p>\n" -"<p>Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of " -"your desktop environment.</p>\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.</p>\n" +"<p>Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "选择系统中使用的<b>键盘布局</b>。\n" "如想设置高级选项（如重复率和延迟），请选择<b>专家设置</b>。</p>\n" " <p>使用桌面环境的键盘布局工具，可找到更多的选项和键盘布局。</p>\n" -#. Screen title for keyboard screen -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 +#. Screen title for keyboard screen +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "System Keyboard Configuration" msgstr "系统键盘配置" -#. help text for keyboard selection widget -#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:83 +#. help text for keyboard selection widget +#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:83 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n" @@ -225,12 +217,12 @@ "要使用的<b>键盘布局</b>。\n" "</p>\n" -#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system -#. or continue with the one defined by his language. -#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label. -#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update, -#. it is not saved to the system. -#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1299 +#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system +#. or continue with the one defined by his language. +#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label. +#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update, +#. it is not saved to the system. +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1299 msgid "" "You are currently using a keyboard layout\n" "different from the one in the system to update.\n" @@ -240,185 +232,183 @@ "不同的键盘布局进行更新。\n" " 选择在更新期间使用的布局：" -#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting -#. any error to the user -#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1498 +#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting +#. any error to the user +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1498 msgid "Failed to set X11 keyboard to '%s'" msgstr "无法将 X11 键盘设置为“%s”" -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45 +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45 msgid "<%1>Keyboard Layout<%2>: %3" msgstr "<%1>键盘布局<%2>：%3" -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:56 +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:56 msgid "<%1>Language<%2>: %3" msgstr "<%1>语言<%2>：%3" -#. rich text label -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:73 +#. rich text label +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:73 msgid "Locale Settings" msgstr "地区设置" -#. menu button label -#. menue label text -#. Widget label -#. -#. @return [String] -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:76 -#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:133 -#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:48 +#. menu button label +#. menue label text +#. Widget label +#. +#. @return [String] +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:76 +#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:133 +#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:48 msgid "&Language" msgstr "语言(&L)" -#. translators: command line help text for language module -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:56 +#. translators: command line help text for language module +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:56 msgid "Language configuration" msgstr "语言配置" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:69 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:69 msgid "Language configuration summary" msgstr "语言配置摘要" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:76 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:76 msgid "Set new values for language" msgstr "为语言设置新值" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:83 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:83 msgid "List all available languages." msgstr "列出所有可用的语言。" -#. command line help text for 'set lang' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:91 +#. command line help text for 'set lang' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:91 msgid "New language value" msgstr "新语言值" -#. command line help text for 'set languages' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:98 +#. command line help text for 'set languages' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:98 msgid "List of secondary languages (separated by commas)" msgstr "第二语言列表(用逗号分隔)" -#. command line help text for 'set no_packages' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:105 +#. command line help text for 'set no_packages' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:105 msgid "Do not install language specific packages" msgstr "不要安装语言包" -#. progress title -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:134 +#. progress title +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:134 msgid "Saving Language Configuration" msgstr "保存语言配置" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:139 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:139 msgid "Save language and console settings" msgstr "保存语言和控制台设置" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:141 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:141 msgid "Install and uninstall affected packages" msgstr "安装和卸载受影响的包" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:143 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:143 msgid "Update translations in boot loader menu" msgstr "更新引导加载程序菜单中的翻译" -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:147 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:147 msgid "Saving language and console settings..." msgstr "正在保存语言和控制台设置..." -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:149 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:149 msgid "Installing and uninstalling affected packages..." msgstr "正在安装和卸载受影响的包..." -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:151 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:151 msgid "Updating translations in boot loader menu..." msgstr "正在更新引导加载程序菜单中的翻译..." -#. help for write dialog -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233 +#. help for write dialog +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233 msgid "<p><b>Saving Configuration</b><br>Please wait...</p>" msgstr "<p><b>正在保存配置</b><br>请稍候...</p>" -#. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252 +#. summary label +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252 msgid "Current Language: %1 (%2)" msgstr "当前语言：%1 (%2)" -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:851 -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:885 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:851 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:885 msgid "Additional Languages: %1" msgstr "其它语言：%1" -#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 -msgid "" -"%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." +#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 +msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." msgstr "%1 不是有效的语言。请使用 list 命令来查看可能的值。" -#. label text -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:131 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:119 +#. label text +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:131 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:119 msgid "Language" msgstr "语言" -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. Build dialog -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:115 +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. Build dialog +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:115 msgid "Languages" msgstr "语言" -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:123 +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:123 msgid "Welcome to System Repair" msgstr "欢迎使用系统修复" -#. button label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:165 +#. button label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:165 msgid "&Details" msgstr "细节(&D)" -#. multiselection box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:178 +#. multiselection box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:178 msgid "&Secondary Languages" msgstr "次要语言(&S)" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:189 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:189 msgid "Primary &Language" msgstr "主要语言(&L)" -#. frame label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:199 +#. frame label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:199 msgid "Primary Language Settings" msgstr "主要语言设置" -#. help text (language dependent packages) - at the end of help -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 +#. help text (language dependent packages) - at the end of help +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary " -"languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" +"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "系统将安装支持所选主要语言和次要语言的其它包。同时删除不再需要的包。\n" "</p>" -#. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:239 +#. help text for initial (first time) language screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:239 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Language</b> to use during installation and for\n" @@ -430,8 +420,8 @@ "使用的<b>语言</b>。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -441,8 +431,8 @@ "单击<b>下一步</b>继续到下一个对话框。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -454,8 +444,8 @@ "才会对计算机执行操作。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270 msgid "" "<p>\n" "You can select <b>Abort</b> at any time to abort the\n" @@ -467,9 +457,9 @@ "安装过程。\n" "</p>\n" -#. different help text when called after installation -#. in an installed system -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:281 +#. different help text when called after installation +#. in an installed system +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:281 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the new <b>Language</b> for your system.\n" @@ -479,8 +469,8 @@ "为您的系统选择新的<b>语言</b>。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290 +#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the new <b>Primary Language</b> for your system.\n" @@ -490,25 +480,21 @@ "为您的系统选择新的<b>主要语言</b>。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox' -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 +#. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox' +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Check <b>Adapt Keyboard Layout</b> to change the keyboard layout to the " -"primary language.\n" -"Check <b>Adapt Time Zone</b> to change the current time zone according to " -"the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted " -"to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" +"Check <b>Adapt Keyboard Layout</b> to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n" +"Check <b>Adapt Time Zone</b> to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "选中<b>适应键盘布局</b>可将键盘布局更改为主要语言。\n" -"选中<b>适应时区</b>可根据主要语言更改当前时区。如果键盘布局或时区已适应默认语" -"言设置，则禁用各自选项。\n" +"选中<b>适应时区</b>可根据主要语言更改当前时区。如果键盘布局或时区已适应默认语言设置，则禁用各自选项。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312 +#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Secondary Languages</b><br>\n" @@ -520,13 +506,13 @@ "在选择框中，指定要在系统中使用的其它语言。\n" "</p>\n" -#. error message - package solver failed -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533 +#. error message - package solver failed +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533 msgid "There are unresolved package dependencies." msgstr "有未解决的包依赖性。" -#. error message -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:550 +#. error message +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:550 msgid "" "There is not enough space to install all additional packages.\n" "Remove some languages from the selection." @@ -534,8 +520,8 @@ "磁盘空间不足，不能安装所有的附加包。\n" "请从选择内容中删除某些语言。" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:572 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:572 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Here, fine-tune settings for the language handling.\n" @@ -549,8 +535,8 @@ "如果不确定，请使用已选中的默认值。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Locale Settings for User root</b>\n" @@ -560,71 +546,64 @@ "<b>用户 root 的语言环境设置</b>\n" "确定如何为 root 用户设置语言环境变量 (LC_*)。</p>" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 msgid "" -"<p><b>ctype Only</b>: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other " -"values\n" +"<p><b>ctype Only</b>: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n" "are unset.<br>\n" "<b>Yes</b>: root has the same locale settings as normal user.<br>\n" "<b>No</b>: root has all locale variables unset.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>仅 ctype</b>：root 用户与一般用户拥有相同的 LC_CTYPE。其它值未设置。" -"<br>\n" +"<p><b>仅 ctype</b>：root 用户与一般用户拥有相同的 LC_CTYPE。其它值未设置。<br>\n" "<b>是</b>：root 用户与一般用户拥有相同的语言环境设置。<br>\n" "<b>否</b>：root 用户的所有语言环境变量均未设置。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Detailed Locale Setting</b> to set a locale for the primary " -"language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may " -"not be available for the selected locale.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>使用<b>详细语言环境设置</b>来设置主对话框的列表中未提供的主要语言的语言环" -"境。对于一些选定的语言环境，翻译可能不可用。</p>" +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 +msgid "<p>Use <b>Detailed Locale Setting</b> to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale.</p>" +msgstr "<p>使用<b>详细语言环境设置</b>来设置主对话框的列表中未提供的主要语言的语言环境。对于一些选定的语言环境，翻译可能不可用。</p>" -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 msgid "Language Details" msgstr "语言细节" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:640 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:640 msgid "Locale Settings for User &root" msgstr "用户 root 的语言环境设置(&R)" -#. do not translate "ctype" -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:643 +#. do not translate "ctype" +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:643 msgid "ctype Only" msgstr "仅 ctype" -#. checkbox label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:654 +#. checkbox label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:654 msgid "Use &UTF-8 Encoding" msgstr "使用 UTF-8 编码(&U)" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:663 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:663 msgid "&Detailed Locale Setting" msgstr "详细语言环境设置(&D)" -#. check box label (%1 is keyboard layout name) -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:723 +#. check box label (%1 is keyboard layout name) +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:723 msgid "Adapt &Keyboard Layout to %1" msgstr "将键盘布局更改为 %1(&K)" -#. check box label (%1 is country name) -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:730 +#. check box label (%1 is country name) +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:730 msgid "Adapt &Time Zone to %1" msgstr "将时区更改为 %1(&T)" -#. Widget help text -#. -#. @return [String] -#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:67 +#. Widget help text +#. +#. @return [String] +#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:67 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Language</b> to be used during\n" @@ -636,14 +615,14 @@ "要使用的<b>语言</b>。\n" "</p>\n" -#. busy message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 +#. busy message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 msgid "Downloading installation system language extension..." msgstr "正在下载安装系统语言扩展..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced -#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:407 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced +#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:407 msgid "" "Language '%{language}' was not found within the list of supported languages\n" "available at %{directory}.\n" @@ -655,21 +634,21 @@ "\n" "将使用备用语言 %{fallback}。" -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:795 language/src/modules/Language.rb:867 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:795 language/src/modules/Language.rb:867 msgid "Primary Language: %1" msgstr "主要语言：%1" -#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager -#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); -#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1040 +#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager +#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); +#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1040 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "正在安装包..." -#. continue/cancel message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1131 +#. continue/cancel message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1131 msgid "" "Translation of the primary language is not complete.\n" "Some texts may be displayed in English.\n" @@ -677,8 +656,8 @@ "未完成对主要语言的翻译。\n" "某些文本可能显示为英文。\n" -#. popup message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1345 +#. popup message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1345 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" "Enable online repositories later in order to get the appropriate support\n" @@ -688,8 +667,8 @@ "要获取此语言的适当支持，\n" "请稍后启用联机储存库。\n" -#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1374 +#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1374 msgid "" "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." @@ -697,67 +676,67 @@ "该选定的语言无法在文本模式中使用。使用英文安装，\n" "但是新系统将使用选定的语言。" -#. translators: command line help text for timezone module -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52 +#. translators: command line help text for timezone module +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52 msgid "Time zone configuration" msgstr "时区配置" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:65 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:65 msgid "Time zone configuration summary" msgstr "时区配置摘要" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:72 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:72 msgid "Set new values for time zone configuration" msgstr "为时区配置设置新值" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:79 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:79 msgid "List all available time zones" msgstr "列出所有可用时区" -#. command line help text for 'set timezone' option -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:87 +#. command line help text for 'set timezone' option +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:87 msgid "New time zone" msgstr "新时区" -#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 +#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 msgid "New value for hardware clock. Can be 'local', 'utc' or 'UTC'." msgstr "硬件时钟的新值。可以为“本地”、“utc”或“UTC”。" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174 msgid "Current Time Zone:\t%1" msgstr "当前时区：\t%1" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:181 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:181 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To:\t%1" msgstr "硬件时钟设置为：\t%1" -#. summary text (Clock setting) -#. label text (Clock setting) -#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map. -#. @return summary string (html) -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:749 -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:985 +#. summary text (Clock setting) +#. label text (Clock setting) +#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map. +#. @return summary string (html) +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:749 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:985 msgid "UTC" msgstr "UTC" -#. summary text (Clock setting) -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:186 +#. summary text (Clock setting) +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:186 msgid "Local time" msgstr "本地时间" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:193 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:193 msgid "Current Time and Date:\t%1" msgstr "当前时间和日期：\t%1" -#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39 +#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39 msgid "" "Time %1 is in the past.\n" "Set a correct time before starting installation." @@ -765,30 +744,27 @@ "时间 %1 是过去的时间。\n" "请在开始安装前设置正确的时间。" -#. summary item -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85 +#. summary item +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "时区" -#. menue label text -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87 +#. menue label text +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&Time Zone" msgstr "时区(&T)" -#. help for time calculation basis: -#. hardware clock references local time or UTC? -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 +#. help for time calculation basis: +#. hardware clock references local time or UTC? +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in <b>Hardware " -"Clock Set To</b>.\n" -"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as " -"Microsoft\n" +"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in <b>Hardware Clock Set To</b>.\n" +"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n" "Windows) use local time.\n" "Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n" "set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" -"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard " -"time\n" +"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n" "to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -802,8 +778,8 @@ "和夏令时之间来回切换。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text: extra note about localtime -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118 +#. help text: extra note about localtime +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Note: The internal system clock as used by the Linux kernel must\n" @@ -819,18 +795,15 @@ "最好从用户手册中了解这方面的背景知识以及这么做的副作用。\n" "</p>" -#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 +#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 msgid "" "\n" -"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your " -"system.\n" +"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n" "In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n" "\n" -"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the " -"year\n" -"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, " -"backups may fail,\n" +"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n" +"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n" "your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n" "\n" "If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n" @@ -848,62 +821,58 @@ "\n" "要使用现在的选择（本地时间）并继续吗？" -#. help text for set time dialog -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 -msgid "" -"<p>The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them " -"to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>现在显示的是当前系统时间和日期。如有必要，手动将它们更改为正确的值，或者使" -"用网络时间协议 (NTP)。</p>" +#. help text for set time dialog +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 +msgid "<p>The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>" +msgstr "<p>现在显示的是当前系统时间和日期。如有必要，手动将它们更改为正确的值，或者使用网络时间协议 (NTP)。</p>" -#. help text, cont. -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 +#. help text, cont. +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 msgid "<p>Press <b>Accept</b> to save your changes.</p>" msgstr "<p>按<b>接受</b>保存更改。</p>" -#. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262 +#. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY" +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "Current Date in DD-MM-YYYY Format" msgstr "采用 DD-MM-YYYY 格式的当前日期" -#. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278 +#. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS" +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278 msgid "Current Time in HH:MM:SS Format" msgstr "采用 HH:MM:SS 格式的当前时间" -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293 +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293 msgid "Current Date" msgstr "当前日期" -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:297 +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "Current Time" msgstr "当前时间" -#. radio button label (= how to setup time) -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312 +#. radio button label (= how to setup time) +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "Manually" msgstr "手动" -#. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328 +#. check box label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Change the Time Now" msgstr "立即更改时间" -#. radio button label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341 +#. radio button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341 msgid "Synchronize with NTP Server" msgstr "与 NTP 服务器同步" -#. TODO replace help text after ntp_installed, is. -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:356 +#. TODO replace help text after ntp_installed, is. +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Change Date and Time" msgstr "更改日期和时间" -#. popup text, %1 is entered value -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466 +#. popup text, %1 is entered value +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "Invalid time (HH:MM:SS) %1.\n" "Enter the correct time.\n" @@ -911,8 +880,8 @@ "无效时间 (HH:MM:SS)%1。\n" "请输入正确的时间。\n" -#. popup text, %1 is entered value -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475 +#. popup text, %1 is entered value +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475 msgid "" "Invalid date (DD-MM-YYYY) %1.\n" "Enter the correct date.\n" @@ -920,49 +889,49 @@ "无效日期 (DD-MM-YYYY)%1。\n" "请输入正确的日期。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Button label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 +#. TRANSLATORS: Button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Other &Settings..." msgstr "其他设置(&S)..." -#. frame label -#. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)" msgstr "日期和时间（NTP 已配置）" -#. frame label -#. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 msgid "Date and Time" msgstr "日期和时间" -#. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 +#. check box label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC" msgstr "硬件时钟设置为 UTC(&H)" -#. label text -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 +#. label text +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 msgid "&Region" msgstr "区域(&R)" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "Time &Zone" msgstr "时区(&Z)" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 msgid "Date and Time:" msgstr "日期和时间：" -#. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 +#. help for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b><big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big></b></p>" @@ -970,12 +939,11 @@ "\n" "<p><b><big>时区和时钟设置</big></b></p>" -#. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 +#. help for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</" -"b>.\n" +"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\n" "In <b>Time Zone</b>, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n" "region from those available.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -986,8 +954,8 @@ "时区、国家或地区或者区域。\n" "</p>\n" -#. general help trailer -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 +#. general help trailer +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If the current time is not correct, use <b>Change</b> to adjust it.\n" @@ -997,327 +965,327 @@ "如果当前时间不正确，请使用<b>更改</b>调整。\n" "</p>" -#. Screen title for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 +#. Screen title for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 msgid "Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "时钟和时区" -#. popup text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 +#. popup text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 msgid "Select a valid time zone." msgstr "选择有效的时区。" -#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) -#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:753 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:989 +#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) +#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:753 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:989 msgid "Local Time" msgstr "本地时间" -#. label text -#. label text -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:757 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:993 +#. label text +#. label text +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:757 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:993 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To" msgstr "硬件时钟设置为" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:771 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:771 msgid "NTP configured" msgstr "NTP 已配置" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:997 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:997 msgid "Current Time Zone: %1" msgstr "当前时区：%1" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:46 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:46 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:46 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:46 msgid "English (US)" msgstr "英语(美国)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:58 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:58 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:58 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:58 msgid "English (UK)" msgstr "英语(英国)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:70 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:70 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:70 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:70 msgid "German" msgstr "德语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:82 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:82 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:82 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:82 msgid "German (with deadkeys)" msgstr "德语(带 deadkey)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:94 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:94 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:94 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:94 msgid "German (Switzerland)" msgstr "德语（瑞士）" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:106 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:106 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:106 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:106 msgid "French" msgstr "法语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:118 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:118 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:118 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:118 msgid "French (Switzerland)" msgstr "法语(瑞士)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:130 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:130 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:130 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:130 msgid "French (Canada)" msgstr "法语（加拿大）" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:143 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:143 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:143 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:143 msgid "Canadian (Multilingual)" msgstr "加拿大语（多语）" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:156 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:156 msgid "Spanish" msgstr "西班牙语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:168 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:168 msgid "Spanish (Latin America)" msgstr "西班牙语(拉丁美洲)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:180 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:180 msgid "Spanish (CP 850)" msgstr "西班牙语 (CP 850)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:204 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:204 msgid "Italian" msgstr "意大利语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:216 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:216 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "葡萄牙语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:228 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:228 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)" msgstr "葡萄牙语(巴西)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:240 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:240 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)" msgstr "葡萄牙语(巴西 -- 美国口音)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:252 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:252 msgid "Greek" msgstr "希腊语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:264 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:264 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "荷兰语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:276 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:276 msgid "Danish" msgstr "丹麦语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:288 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:288 msgid "Norwegian" msgstr "挪威语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:300 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:300 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "瑞典语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:312 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:312 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "芬兰语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:324 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:324 msgid "Czech" msgstr "捷克语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:336 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:336 msgid "Czech (qwerty)" msgstr "捷克语 (qwerty)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:348 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:348 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "斯洛伐克语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:360 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:360 msgid "Slovak (qwerty)" msgstr "斯洛伐克语 (qwerty)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:372 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:372 msgid "Slovene" msgstr "斯洛文尼亚语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:388 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:384 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:388 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:384 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "匈牙利语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:396 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:396 msgid "Polish" msgstr "波兰语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:418 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:408 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:418 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:408 msgid "Russian" msgstr "俄语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:432 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:420 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:432 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:420 msgid "Serbian" msgstr "塞尔维亚语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:444 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:432 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:444 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:432 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "爱沙尼亚语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:456 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:444 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:456 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:444 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "立陶宛语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:468 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:456 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:468 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:456 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "土耳其语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:479 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:467 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:479 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:467 msgid "Croatian" msgstr "克罗地亚语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:502 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:479 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:502 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:479 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "日语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:514 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:491 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:514 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:491 msgid "Belgian" msgstr "比利时语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:526 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:503 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:526 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:503 msgid "Dvorak" msgstr "Dvorak" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:538 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:515 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:538 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:515 msgid "Icelandic" msgstr "冰岛语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:550 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:527 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:550 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:527 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "乌克兰语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:572 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:539 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:572 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:539 msgid "Khmer" msgstr "高棉语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:594 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:551 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:594 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:551 msgid "Korean" msgstr "韩语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:616 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:563 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:616 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:563 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "阿拉伯语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:637 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:574 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:637 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:574 msgid "Tajik" msgstr "塔吉克语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:651 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:586 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:651 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:586 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "繁体中文" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:673 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:598 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:673 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:598 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "简体中文" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:695 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:610 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:695 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:610 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "罗马尼亚语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:716 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:621 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:716 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:621 msgid "US International" msgstr "美国国际" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:192 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:192 msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)" msgstr "西班牙语(阿斯图里亚变体)" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/zh_CN/po/storage.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/zh_CN/po/storage.zh_CN.po 2017-09-14 14:10:35 UTC (rev 97427) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/zh_CN/po/storage.zh_CN.po 2017-09-14 14:11:31 UTC (rev 97428) @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. popup text -#: src/clients/disk.rb:50 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/disk.rb:50 msgid "" "Only use this program if you are familiar with partitioning hard disks.\n" "\n" @@ -35,60 +35,60 @@ "\n" "要忽略此警告继续操作，请单击“是”。\n" -#. dialog heading -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68 +#. dialog heading +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68 msgid "Expert Partitioner" msgstr "专家分区程序" -#. text show during initialization -#: src/clients/disk.rb:69 +#. text show during initialization +#: src/clients/disk.rb:69 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "正在初始化..." -#. helptext -#: src/clients/disk.rb:71 +#. helptext +#: src/clients/disk.rb:71 msgid "<p>Volumes are being detected.</p>" msgstr "<p>正在检测各个卷。</p>" -#. Commandline help title -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49 +#. Commandline help title +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49 msgid "Storage Configuration" msgstr "储存配置" -#. Commandline command help -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57 +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57 msgid "List disks and partitions" msgstr "列出磁盘和分区" -#. Command line option help text -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70 +#. Command line option help text +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70 msgid "List disks" msgstr "列出磁盘" -#. Command line option help text -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74 +#. Command line option help text +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74 msgid "List partitions" msgstr "列出分区" -#. Title for dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76 +#. Title for dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76 msgid "Suggested Partitioning" msgstr "建议的分区" -#. Radiobutton for partition dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78 +#. Radiobutton for partition dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78 msgid "&Expert Partitioner..." msgstr "专家分区程序(&E)..." -#. Radiobutton for partition dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80 +#. Radiobutton for partition dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80 msgid "&Create Partition Setup..." msgstr "创建分区设置(&C)..." -#. popup text +#. popup text #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:115 +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:115 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." @@ -96,15 +96,15 @@ "没有自动建议。\n" "请在\"分区工具\"对话框中手动指定安装点。" -#. TRANSLATORS: button text -#. Return a term for a PushButton("Edit Proposal Settings") -#. or Empty() if that button is disabled in control.xml. -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:136 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:500 +#. TRANSLATORS: button text +#. Return a term for a PushButton("Edit Proposal Settings") +#. or Empty() if that button is disabled in control.xml. +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:136 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:500 msgid "Edit Proposal Settings" msgstr "编辑建议设置" -#. help on suggested partitioning -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:166 +#. help on suggested partitioning +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:166 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" @@ -114,9 +114,9 @@ "已检查您的硬盘。显示的分区设置\n" "是针对您的硬盘提议的。</p>" -#. help text continued -#. %1 is replaced by button text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:176 +#. help text continued +#. %1 is replaced by button text +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:176 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n" @@ -130,8 +130,8 @@ "<b>%1</b> 并在专家分区程序\n" "对话框中修改设置。</p>\n" -#. help text continued -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:189 +#. help text continued +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:189 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n" @@ -149,27 +149,27 @@ "对于 RAID 和加密之类的高级配置，\n" "也需要选择此选项。</p>\n" -#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off -#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:233 +#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off +#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:233 msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal." msgstr "不能创建请求的建议。" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:239 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:239 msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." msgstr "没有足够用于为根卷建议快照的空间。" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:245 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:245 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "空间不足，无法请求单独的 /home。" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:284 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:284 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue." msgstr "未指派根文件系统。无法继续。" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:305 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:305 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -177,22 +177,22 @@ "计算此建议将重写此前所有手动更改。\n" "是否要继续计算建议？" -#. we need to open dialog and set up slideshow -#: src/clients/inst_prepdisk.rb:68 +#. we need to open dialog and set up slideshow +#: src/clients/inst_prepdisk.rb:68 msgid "Preparing disks..." msgstr "正在准备磁盘..." -#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version -#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes -#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version -#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:272 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:487 +#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version +#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes +#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version +#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:272 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:487 msgid "MB" msgstr "MB" -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:275 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:490 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:275 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:490 msgid "" "Windows\n" "Used\n" @@ -202,9 +202,9 @@ "已用\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:277 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:492 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:277 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:492 msgid "" "Windows\n" "Free\n" @@ -214,9 +214,9 @@ "可用\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:279 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:494 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:279 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:494 msgid "" "Linux\n" "%1 " @@ -224,25 +224,25 @@ "Linux\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:282 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:497 +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:282 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:497 msgid "Windows Free (%1)" msgstr "Windows 可用 (%1)" -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:284 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:499 +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:284 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:499 msgid "Linux (%1)" msgstr "Linux (%1)" -#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - -#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) -#. and non-graphical mode (text only). -#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - -#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) -#. and non-graphical mode (text only). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:293 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:508 +#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - +#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) +#. and non-graphical mode (text only). +#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - +#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) +#. and non-graphical mode (text only). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:293 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:508 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the new size for your Windows partition.\n" @@ -252,9 +252,9 @@ "为 Windows 分区选择新的大小。\n" "</p>" -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:302 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:517 +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:302 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:517 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -270,9 +270,9 @@ "Windows 分区将保持不变。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:315 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:530 +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:315 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:530 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -286,23 +286,23 @@ "<b>后退</b>。\n" "</p>\n" -#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size -#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:330 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:545 +#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size +#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:330 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:545 msgid "Now" msgstr "当前" -#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions -#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:337 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:552 +#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions +#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:337 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:552 msgid "After Installation" msgstr "安装后" -#. help text, continued - graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#. help text, continued - graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:359 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:574 +#. help text, continued - graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#. help text, continued - graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:359 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:574 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -318,9 +318,9 @@ "(在改变分区大小后)。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:372 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:587 +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:372 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:587 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -334,9 +334,9 @@ "输入一个数值以调整建议值。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:384 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:599 +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:384 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:599 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -350,29 +350,29 @@ "分区。\n" "</p>" -#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:397 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:612 +#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:397 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:612 msgid "Windows Used" msgstr "Windows 已用" -#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:407 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:622 +#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:407 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:622 msgid "Free" msgstr "可用" -#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode -#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:417 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:632 +#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode +#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:417 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:632 msgid "Linux" msgstr "Linux" -#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:437 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:652 +#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:437 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:652 msgid "" "\n" "<p>Enter a value for the size of your <b>Linux</b> installation.\n" @@ -386,9 +386,9 @@ "自动创建分区。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:449 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:664 +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:449 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:664 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -400,9 +400,9 @@ "<b>Windows 已用</b>是 Windows 分区使用的空间大小。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:460 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:675 +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:460 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:675 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b>Free</b> indicates the current free space (before the Linux\n" @@ -414,13 +414,13 @@ "(安装 Linux 之前)。\n" "</p>" -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:472 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:686 +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:472 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:686 msgid "Resizing the Windows Partition" msgstr "改变 Windows 分区的大小" -#. The Windows partition has not enough free space for Linux. Tell the user the needed amount -#. of free space and that he should terminate the installation now. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:390 +#. The Windows partition has not enough free space for Linux. Tell the user the needed amount +#. of free space and that he should terminate the installation now. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:390 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -446,9 +446,9 @@ "包括 Windows 工作空间\n" "和 %2 的空间。\n" -#. not yet checked -#. Inform the user that his Windows partition is being checked. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:425 +#. not yet checked +#. Inform the user that his Windows partition is being checked. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:425 msgid "" "Checking the file system of your Windows partition\n" "for consistency.\n" @@ -464,8 +464,8 @@ " 使用的装入空间，这可能需要一段时间。\n" " \n" -#. The file system on the device is faulty. Tell the user he should correct those errors. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:452 +#. The file system on the device is faulty. Tell the user he should correct those errors. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:452 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -487,14 +487,14 @@ "如果下次仍出现此问题，请通过其它方式改变\n" "Windows 分区的大小。\n" -#. now let the automatic partitioner do its work -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:774 +#. now let the automatic partitioner do its work +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:774 msgid "The available space is not sufficient for an installation." msgstr "可用空间不足，无法安装。" -#. An internal error has occured. Tell the user that the installation should -#. be terminated now and that his hard disk has not been altered yet. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:889 +#. An internal error has occured. Tell the user that the installation should +#. be terminated now and that his hard disk has not been altered yet. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:889 msgid "" "An internal error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -514,15 +514,15 @@ "\t Windows 分区。\n" "\t " -#. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option." msgstr "只能使用自定义分区选项配置您的系统。" -#. Win NT / 2000 -#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently -#. not supported and that he can go back in the installation or abort it. -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:268 +#. Win NT / 2000 +#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently +#. not supported and that he can go back in the installation or abort it. +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:268 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -542,10 +542,10 @@ "请另选磁盘，或中止安装再\n" "用其它方式收缩 Windows 分区。\n" -#. local error -#. The Windows version used could not be determined. Tell the user -#. he can go back in the installation or abort it. -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:287 +#. local error +#. The Windows version used could not be determined. Tell the user +#. he can go back in the installation or abort it. +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:287 msgid "" "The Windows version of your system could not be determined.\n" "\n" @@ -561,10 +561,10 @@ "请另选磁盘，或中止安装再\n" "用其它方式收缩 Windows 分区。\n" -#. OK --> No NT or 2000 -#. Tell the user about the risks of resizing his windows. -#. Ask him if he really wants to do it -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:308 +#. OK --> No NT or 2000 +#. Tell the user about the risks of resizing his windows. +#. Ask him if he really wants to do it +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:308 msgid "" "You selected to shrink your Windows partition.\n" "In the next dialog, specify the amount of\n" @@ -592,14 +592,14 @@ "\n" "是否确实要收缩 Windows 分区？\n" -#. button text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:329 +#. button text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:329 msgid "&Shrink Windows" msgstr "收缩 Windows(&S)" -#. Tell the user about the consequences of deleting his windows. -#. Ask him if he really wants to do it -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:345 +#. Tell the user about the consequences of deleting his windows. +#. Ask him if he really wants to do it +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:345 msgid "" "You selected to delete your Windows partition completely.\n" "\n" @@ -613,13 +613,13 @@ "\n" "是否确实要删除 Windows 分区？\n" -#. button text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356 +#. button text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356 msgid "&Delete Windows" msgstr "删除 Windows(&D)" -#. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423 +#. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423 msgid "" "Too few partitions are marked for removal or \n" "the disk is too small. \n" @@ -631,39 +631,38 @@ "要安装 Linux，请选择删除更多分区，\n" "或选择一个较大的磁盘。" -#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection -#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut) -#. anyway -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:116 +#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection +#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut) +#. anyway +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:116 msgid "Available &Disks" msgstr "可用磁盘(&D)" -#. label text -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:150 +#. label text +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:150 msgid "&Custom Partitioning (for experts)" msgstr "自定义分区(仅限专家)(&C)" -#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation. -#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as -#. installation target -#. heading text -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:162 +#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation. +#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as +#. installation target +#. heading text +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:162 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "硬盘" -#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks -#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:173 -msgid "" -"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks +#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:173 +msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." msgstr "未找到任何磁盘。尝试使用可用的更新 CD 来安装。" -#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on -#. one hard disk - this selection is done here -#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to -#. do while the following locale is the help description -#. help part 1 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:185 +#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on +#. one hard disk - this selection is done here +#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to +#. do while the following locale is the help description +#. help part 1 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:185 msgid "" "<p>\n" "All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" @@ -675,8 +674,8 @@ "的所有硬盘。请选择要将 &product; 安装到的硬盘。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help part 2 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:194 +#. help part 2 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:194 msgid "" "<p>\n" "You may select later which part of the disk is used for &product;.\n" @@ -686,8 +685,8 @@ "您可以稍后再选择要将 &product; 安装到磁盘的哪个部分。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help part 3 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:203 +#. help part 3 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:203 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -703,27 +702,27 @@ "分区安装点的指派方式进行完全控制。\n" "</p>\n" -#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning -#. Information what to do, background information -#. Information what to do, background information -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:216 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302 +#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning +#. Information what to do, background information +#. Information what to do, background information +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:216 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302 msgid "Preparing Hard Disk" msgstr "正在准备硬盘" -#. there is a selection from which one option must be -#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:269 +#. there is a selection from which one option must be +#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:269 msgid "Select one of the options to continue." msgstr "请选择其中一个选项，然后继续。" -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:295 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:295 msgid "Disk %1 is in use by %2" msgstr "磁盘 %1 正由 %2 使用" -#. Warning popup about using the expert partitioner -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:352 +#. Warning popup about using the expert partitioner +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:352 msgid "" "This is for experts only.\n" "You might lose support if you use this!\n" @@ -737,62 +736,62 @@ "请参考手册以确保您的自定义分区\n" "满足此产品的要求。" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: multipath-simple.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Simplistic multipath activation module. -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> -#: src/clients/multipath-simple.rb:34 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: multipath-simple.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Simplistic multipath activation module. +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> +#: src/clients/multipath-simple.rb:34 msgid "Activate multipath?" msgstr "是否激活多路径？" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. Module: proposal_partitions.ycp -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Author: Klaus Kaempf <kkaempf@suse.de> -#. -#. Purpose: Proposal function dispatcher - partitions. -#. -#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details. -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. Module: proposal_partitions.ycp +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Author: Klaus Kaempf <kkaempf@suse.de> +#. +#. Purpose: Proposal function dispatcher - partitions. +#. +#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details. +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93 msgid "" "No snapshots possible.\n" "Please use larger root partition." @@ -800,7 +799,7 @@ "无合适的快照。\n" "请使用较大的根分区。" -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "The /home partition will not be formatted. After installation,\n" "ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly." @@ -808,35 +807,35 @@ "/home 分区将不会格式化。安装后，\n" "请确保正确设置用户主目录的所有权。" -#. A custom configuration -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:123 +#. A custom configuration +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:123 msgid "Custom" msgstr "自定义" -#. A standard configuration -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:126 +#. A standard configuration +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Standard" msgstr "标准" -#. label text -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:239 +#. label text +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:239 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "分区" -#. label text -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:241 +#. label text +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:241 msgid "&Partitioning" msgstr "分区(&P)" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/storage_finish.rb:69 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/storage_finish.rb:69 msgid "Saving file system configuration..." msgstr "正在保存文件系统配置..." -#. There is a consistency check for the selection. Next is the message, that -#. is displayed. The reason is determined within this consistency check and -#. then the message is passed through this interface transparently -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:53 +#. There is a consistency check for the selection. Next is the message, that +#. is displayed. The reason is determined within this consistency check and +#. then the message is passed through this interface transparently +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:53 msgid "" "The current selection is invalid:\n" "%1" @@ -844,15 +843,15 @@ "当前选择无效：\n" "%1" -#. list of partition checkboxes: show partition as unassigned -#. e.g. "1: 2 GB, unassigned" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:72 +#. list of partition checkboxes: show partition as unassigned +#. e.g. "1: 2 GB, unassigned" +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:72 msgid "&%1: %2, unassigned" msgstr "&%1： %2，未指派" -#. and the "Use entire hard disk" button -#. - please avoid excessively long lines - rather, include a newline -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:104 +#. and the "Use entire hard disk" button +#. - please avoid excessively long lines - rather, include a newline +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:104 msgid "" "Disk Areas to Use\n" "to Install %1\n" @@ -860,16 +859,16 @@ "用于安装 %1 的\n" "磁盘区域\n" -#. pushbutton to choose the entire disk, erasing all data on -#. the disk this is an easy way to select all partitions on -#. the target disk -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:118 +#. pushbutton to choose the entire disk, erasing all data on +#. the disk this is an easy way to select all partitions on +#. the target disk +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:118 msgid "Use &Entire Hard Disk" msgstr "使用整个硬盘(&E)" -#. There were no prior partitions on this disk. -#. No partitions to choose from will be displayed. -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:153 +#. There were no prior partitions on this disk. +#. No partitions to choose from will be displayed. +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:153 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk yet.\n" "The entire disk will be used for %1." @@ -877,8 +876,8 @@ "此磁盘上尚无分区。\n" "整个磁盘都将用于 %1。" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:166 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:166 msgid "" "This disk appears to be used by Windows.\n" "There is not enough space to install Linux." @@ -886,18 +885,18 @@ "此磁盘看起来已由 Windows 使用。\n" "没有足够的空间来安装 Linux。" -#. Radio button for using an entire (Windows) partition for Linux -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:181 +#. Radio button for using an entire (Windows) partition for Linux +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:181 msgid "&Delete Windows Completely" msgstr "彻底删除 Windows(&D)" -#. Radio button for resizing a (Windows) partition -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:189 +#. Radio button for resizing a (Windows) partition +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:189 msgid "&Shrink Windows Partition" msgstr "收缩 Windows 分区(&S)" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:208 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 1 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:208 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select where on your hard disk to install &product;.\n" @@ -907,8 +906,8 @@ "请选择要将 &product; 安装到的硬盘。\n" "</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Use either the <b>entire hard disk</b> or one or more of the\n" @@ -920,8 +919,8 @@ "或显示的空闲区域。\n" "</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 3 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:225 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:225 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Notice: If you select a region that is not shown as <i>free</i>, you\n" @@ -935,8 +934,8 @@ "其他操作系统。\n" "</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:235 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:235 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><i>The marked regions will be deleted. All data there will be\n" @@ -948,16 +947,16 @@ "丢失。</i></b> 丢失的数据将无法恢复。\n" "</p>\n" -#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) -#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306 +#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) +#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306 msgid "Installing on:" msgstr "安装位置：" -#. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning -#. part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:280 +#. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning +#. part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:280 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The selected hard disk is probably used by Windows. There is not enough\n" @@ -971,8 +970,8 @@ "<b>收缩</b>它以获得足够的可用空间。\n" "</p>" -#. helptext, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:290 +#. helptext, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:290 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If you delete Windows, all data on this partition will be <b>irreversibly\n" @@ -988,28 +987,28 @@ "而数据重组在个别情况下可能失败。\n" "</p>\n" -#. Label text -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6295 +#. Label text +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6295 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "建议创建独立的主分区(&H)" -#. Label text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:357 +#. Label text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:357 msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal" msgstr "创建基于 LVM 的建议(&L)" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:368 msgid "Encrypt Volume Group" msgstr "加密卷组 " -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:373 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:373 msgid "Proposal type" msgstr "建议类型" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:248 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:248 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -1022,8 +1021,8 @@ "\n" "确定要使用此设置？\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:261 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:261 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -1037,8 +1036,8 @@ "\n" "确实要使用此设置吗？\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:274 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:274 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1051,8 +1050,8 @@ "\n" "确实要使用此设置吗？\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:288 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:288 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1065,9 +1064,9 @@ "\n" "确实要使用此设置吗？\n" -#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any -#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:302 +#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any +#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:302 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your system needs a boot partition, either with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP\n" @@ -1083,8 +1082,8 @@ "\n" "确定要使用此设置吗？\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:318 +#. popup text, %1 is a number +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:318 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -1104,8 +1103,8 @@ "\n" "确定要使用此设置？\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 +#. popup text, %1 is a size +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -1119,8 +1118,8 @@ "\n" "确实要保留此大小的引导分区吗？\n" -#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:355 +#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:355 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -1134,10 +1133,10 @@ "大小约为 1MB。\n" "确实要使用此设置吗？\n" -#. popup text -#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to -#. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:375 +#. popup text +#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to +#. boot from the hard drive! +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:375 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -1155,8 +1154,8 @@ "\n" "确定要使用没有 /boot 分区的设置吗？\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:395 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:395 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -1176,7 +1175,7 @@ "\n" "确定要使用此设置？\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:421 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:421 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -1188,8 +1187,8 @@ "%s\n" "确实要使用此设置吗？\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:441 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:441 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -1205,8 +1204,8 @@ "\n" "确定要使用此设置？\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:459 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:459 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" @@ -1230,8 +1229,8 @@ "\n" "确定要使用此设置？\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:481 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:481 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -1255,20 +1254,19 @@ "\n" "确定要使用此设置？\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "确定要使用此设置？" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:512 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:512 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap" -"\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" @@ -1282,8 +1280,8 @@ "\n" "确定要使用没有交换分区的设置？\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:528 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:528 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -1295,8 +1293,8 @@ "现有分区上。YaST 不能保证顺利安装，\n" "特别是在以下情况下：\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:535 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:535 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1308,19 +1306,18 @@ "版本\n" "- 如果这个分区尚不包含文件系统\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" -"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " -"points\n" +"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" "如果不确定，最好返回上一步并将此分区标记为待格式化，尤其是当它指派给\n" "一个像 /、/boot、/opt 或 /var 这样的标准安装点时。\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:548 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:548 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -1330,8 +1327,8 @@ "\n" "确定要将分区保持未格式化？\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:609 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:609 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1339,8 +1336,8 @@ "选择的设备属于 RAID (%1)。\n" "编辑该设备之前，请将其从该 RAID 中去除。\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:620 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:620 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1348,8 +1345,8 @@ "选择的设备属于卷组 (%1)。\n" "编辑该设备之前，请将其从该卷组中去除。\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:630 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:630 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1357,8 +1354,8 @@ "选择的设备已被卷 (%1) 使用。\n" "编辑之前请去除该卷。\n" -#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:663 +#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:663 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1366,8 +1363,8 @@ "设备 (%2) 属于 RAID (%1)。\n" "删除该设备之前，请将其从 RAID 中去除。\n" -#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:674 +#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:674 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1375,12 +1372,12 @@ "设备 (%2) 已被 %1 使用。\n" "编辑之前请去除 %1。\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:686 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:686 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "无法在装入时删除它。" -#. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:722 +#. popup text, %1 is a device name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:722 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" @@ -1388,14 +1385,12 @@ "无法去除设备 (%1)，因为它是一个逻辑分区，\n" "并且另一个编号更高的逻辑分区正在使用它。\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:798 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:798 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " -"mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " -"extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "所选扩展分区包含当前已装入的分区：\n" @@ -1403,8 +1398,8 @@ "强烈建议先卸载这些分区，然后再删除该扩展分区。\n" "除非您完全了解正在执行的操作，否则请选择“取消”。\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:816 +#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:816 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1418,8 +1413,8 @@ "分区从其对应的卷组中去除，然后\n" "再删除该扩展分区。\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:827 +#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:827 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1433,8 +1428,8 @@ "分区从其对应的 RAID 系统中去除，然后\n" "再删除该扩展分区。\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:838 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:838 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1446,8 +1441,8 @@ "正在使用的分区。删除扩展分区之前\n" "请去除已使用的卷。\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:905 +#. popup text, %1 is a size +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:905 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "\n" @@ -1465,31 +1460,31 @@ "\n" "确实要保留当前设置吗？\n" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System." msgstr "输入加密文件系统的口令。" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:805 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6423 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:805 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6423 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "请不要忘记在此输入的内容！" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:808 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:808 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "允许口令为空。" -#. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 +#. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 msgid "Password for Encrypted File System on %1" msgstr "%1 上加密文件系统的口令" -#. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory -#. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 +#. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory +#. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "Enter your encryption password for\n" "device %1 mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1497,38 +1492,38 @@ "输入已装入到 %2 上的\n" "设备 %1 的加密口令。\n" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System" msgstr "请输入加密文件系统的口令" -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:833 +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:833 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "输入您的文件系统的口令(&E)：" -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:817 src/modules/Storage.rb:4005 +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:817 src/modules/Storage.rb:4005 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "再输一遍口令以便确认(&V)：" -#. Cancel button -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 +#. Cancel button +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "跳过(&S)" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match!\n" @@ -1538,10 +1533,10 @@ "不相同！\n" "请重试。\n" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3961 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3961 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1549,10 +1544,10 @@ "您没有输入口令。\n" "请重试。\n" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3969 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3969 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1560,17 +1555,17 @@ "口令须至少包含 %1 个字符。\n" "请重试。\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 msgid "No floating point number." msgstr "不能有浮点数字。" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 msgid "File system options:" msgstr "文件系统选项：" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 msgid "" "The character '/' is no longer permitted in a volume label.\n" "Change your volume label so that it does not contain this character.\n" @@ -1578,15 +1573,14 @@ "卷标中不再允许使用符号“/”。\n" "请更改您的卷标以使其不包含此字符。\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "<p><b>Mount in /etc/fstab by:</b>\n" "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" -"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is " -"disabled, \n" +"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" "this is not possible.\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>在 /etc/fstab 中的装入方式：</b>\n" @@ -1596,12 +1590,11 @@ "UUID 或卷标来装入。\n" "如果禁用了某个选项，则无法这样装入。\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 msgid "" "<p><b>Volume Label:</b>\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1610,45 +1603,45 @@ "时才可行。\n" "卷标不能包含 / 字符或空格。\n" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Mount in /etc/fstab by" msgstr "装入 /etc/fstab 的方式" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 msgid "&Device Name" msgstr "设备名(&D)" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 msgid "Volume &Label" msgstr "卷标(&L)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 msgid "&UUID" msgstr "UUID(&U)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 msgid "Device &ID" msgstr "设备 ID(&I)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Device &Path" msgstr "设备路径(&P)" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 msgid "Fstab Options:" msgstr "Fstab 选项：" -#. popup text %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 +#. popup text %1 is a number +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 msgid "" "\n" "Maximum volume label length for the selected file system\n" @@ -1658,70 +1651,70 @@ "选定文件系统的最大卷标长度\n" "为 %1。您的卷标已被截断到此长度。\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 msgid "Provide a volume label to mount by label." msgstr "提供一个卷标以通过卷标装入。" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 msgid "This volume label is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "此卷标已在使用。请另选一个。" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 msgid "File &System" msgstr "文件系统(&S)" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1059 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1059 msgid "O&ptions..." msgstr "选项(&P)..." -#. Translators: checkbox text -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6276 +#. Translators: checkbox text +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6276 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "启用快照" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1084 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1084 msgid "&Encrypt Device" msgstr "加密设备(&E)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1159 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1159 msgid "File system &ID:" msgstr "文件系统 ID(&I)：" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1191 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1191 msgid "Format" msgstr "格式" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1201 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1201 msgid "Do ¬ format" msgstr "不格式化(&N)" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1211 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1211 msgid "&Format" msgstr "格式化(&F)" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1264 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1264 msgid "Fs&tab Options" msgstr "Fstab 选项(&T)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1271 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1271 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "安装点(&M)" -#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1283 +#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1283 msgid "" "\n" "The selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1745,8 +1738,8 @@ "\n" "是否继续？\n" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1312 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1312 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the partition cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1756,8 +1749,8 @@ "YaST2 无法收缩分区上的文件系统。\n" "只有 fat、ext2、ext3、ext4 和 reiser 才允许收缩文件系统。" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1319 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1319 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the logical volume cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1767,22 +1760,22 @@ "YaST2 无法收缩逻辑卷上的文件系统。\n" "只有 fat、ext2、ext3、ext4 和 reiser 才允许收缩文件系统。" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1331 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1331 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this partition." msgstr "如果收缩此分区，将会有丢失数据的风险。" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1337 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1337 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume." msgstr "如果收缩此逻辑卷，将会有丢失数据的风险。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1341 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1341 msgid "Continue?" msgstr "是否继续？" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected partition cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" @@ -1792,8 +1785,8 @@ "YaST2 无法扩展所选分区上的文件系统。\n" "只有 fat、ext2、ext3、ext4、xfs 和 reiser 才允许扩展文件系统。" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1364 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1364 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" @@ -1803,20 +1796,20 @@ "YaST2 无法扩展所选逻辑卷上的文件系统。\n" "只有 fat、ext2、ext3、ext4、xfs 和 reiser 才允许扩展文件系统。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1372 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1372 msgid "Continue resizing?" msgstr "是否继续改变大小？" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1389 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1389 msgid "You decreased a partition with a reiser file system on it." msgstr "您减小了装载有 reiser 文件系统的分区。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1391 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1391 msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it." msgstr "您减小了装载有 reiser 文件系统的逻辑卷。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1398 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1398 msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to shrink a reiser file system, but this feature is not\n" @@ -1830,13 +1823,12 @@ "\n" "立即收缩文件系统吗？" -#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1452 +#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1452 msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " -"partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "所选设备包含当前已装入的分区：\n" @@ -1844,8 +1836,8 @@ "强烈建议先卸载这些分区再删除分区表。\n" "除非您完全了解正在执行的操作，否则请选择“取消”。\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475 +#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1859,8 +1851,8 @@ "相应的卷组中去除所有\n" "分区。\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486 +#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1874,8 +1866,8 @@ "删除此设备前，请先从相应的\n" "RAID 系统中取消指派该分区。\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1497 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1497 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1887,49 +1879,49 @@ "其他卷使用的分区。删除此设备前，请先删除\n" "使用该分区的卷。\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1558 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1558 msgid "<p>Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.</p>\n" msgstr "<p>在 Btrfs 文件系统中创建和去除子卷。</p>\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1563 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1563 msgid "<p>Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper.</p>" msgstr "<p>使用 snapper 为 Btrfs 文件系统启用自动快照。</p>" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1577 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1577 msgid "Existing Subvolumes:" msgstr "现有子卷：" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1583 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1583 msgid "New Subvolume" msgstr "新子卷" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1589 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1589 msgid "Add new" msgstr "新增" -#. button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1595 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 +#. button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1595 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 msgid "Remove" msgstr "去除" -#. heading text -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1605 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:386 +#. heading text +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1605 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:386 msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "子卷处理" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "不允许使用空的子卷名称。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." @@ -1937,16 +1929,16 @@ "目前只允许使用以“%1”开头的子卷名！\n" "正在自动给子卷名加上“%1”前缀。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "子卷名称 %1 已存在。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1702 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1702 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "本对话框中当前所做的修改将会丢失。" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Create an encrypted file system.\n" @@ -1956,8 +1948,8 @@ "创建加密的文件系统。\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Access an encrypted file system.\n" @@ -1967,8 +1959,8 @@ "访问加密的文件系统。\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -1982,13 +1974,12 @@ " Linux 文件系统一样。\n" " </p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:745 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:745 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" -"tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" @@ -2001,14 +1992,13 @@ "将丢失这些文件系统上的所有数据。\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:760 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:760 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " -"system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" @@ -2021,14 +2011,13 @@ "请输入两遍口令。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:774 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:774 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " -"at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "</p>\n" @@ -2039,8 +2028,8 @@ "(例如，加重音或变音的字符)。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129 +#. help text, continued +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Possible characters are\n" @@ -2054,10 +2043,10 @@ "字母 (<tt>A-Za-Z</tt>) 以及数字 <tt>0</tt> 到 <tt>9</tt>。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:786 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:786 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -2067,8 +2056,8 @@ "不要忘记此口令！\n" "</p>" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:150 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:150 msgid "" "<p>\n" "You will need to enter your encryption password.\n" @@ -2078,12 +2067,11 @@ "您需要输入加密口令。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 +#. help text, continued +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " -"is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select <b>Skip</b>. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -2094,7 +2082,7 @@ "更新期间不访问该文件系统。\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because the disk on which \n" @@ -2114,7 +2102,7 @@ "如果需要使用该磁盘进行安装，您应该在\n" "专家分区程序中删除该磁盘标签。\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 msgid "" "Warning: Your system states that it requires an EFI \n" "boot setup. Since the selected disk does not contain a \n" @@ -2128,18 +2116,18 @@ "\n" "您需要选中此磁盘上所有要去除的分区。\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:50 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:50 msgid "You cannot use the mount point \"%1\" for LVM.\n" msgstr "您不能对 LVM 使用安装点\"%1\"。\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:77 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:77 msgid "You cannot use the mount point %1 for RAID." msgstr "您不能对 RAID 使用安装点 %1。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:96 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:96 msgid "" "You have selected to not automatically mount at start-up a file system\n" "that may contain files that the system needs to work properly.\n" @@ -2155,8 +2143,8 @@ "\n" "确定要执行该操作？\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:138 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:138 msgid "" "You have set a file system as mountable by users. The file system\n" "may contain files that need to be executable.\n" @@ -2172,32 +2160,32 @@ "\n" "确定要执行该操作？\n" -#. Check all mount points and return true if the mount point is ok. -#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap -#. @param mount mount point -#. @return [Boolean] -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:185 +#. Check all mount points and return true if the mount point is ok. +#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap +#. @param mount mount point +#. @return [Boolean] +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:185 msgid "Mount point must not be empty." msgstr "安装点不得为空。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:190 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:190 msgid "Swap devices must have swap as mount point." msgstr "交换设备安装点必须为 swap。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:194 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:194 msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point." msgstr "仅交换设备可以使用 swap 作为安装点。" -#. && mount!="swap" ) -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:209 +#. && mount!="swap" ) +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:209 msgid "This mount point is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "此安装点已在使用。请另选一个。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:219 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:219 msgid "" "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." @@ -2205,14 +2193,13 @@ "FAT 文件系统被用作系统安装点(/、/usr、/opt、/var、/home)。\n" "这是不可能的。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:228 -msgid "" -"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:228 +msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." msgstr "安装点中的字符无效。不要在安装点中使用“`'!\"%#”。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:237 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:237 msgid "" "You cannot use any of the following mount points:\n" "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" @@ -2222,13 +2209,13 @@ "/bin、/dev、/etc、/lib、/lib64、/lost+found、/mnt、/proc、/sbin、/sys、\n" "/var/adm/mnt\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:246 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:246 msgid "Your mount point must start with a \"/\" " msgstr "您的安装点必须以\"/\"开头" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:252 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:252 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign the mount point swap\n" "to a device without a swap file system." @@ -2236,10 +2223,10 @@ "不允许向没有交换文件系统\n" "的设备指派安装点交换。" -#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#. %2 is replaced by the user entered size (e.g. 20GB) -#. %3 is replaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:280 +#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) +#. %2 is replaced by the user entered size (e.g. 20GB) +#. %3 is replaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:280 msgid "" "Your partition is too small to use %1.\n" "The size you entered (after rounding up) is %2.\n" @@ -2249,8 +2236,8 @@ "输入的大小（四舍五入后）为 %2。\n" "此文件系统的最小大小为 %3。\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:346 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:346 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n" "to a device with nonexistent or unknown file system." @@ -2258,8 +2245,8 @@ "不允许向装有不存在或未知文件系统的\n" "设备指派安装点。" -#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:545 +#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:545 msgid "" "\n" "WARNING:\n" @@ -2281,14 +2268,14 @@ "\n" "确定要使用此文件系统？\n" -#. ////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1007 +#. ////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. modify map new +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1007 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "文件系统当前装入到 %1 上。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:985 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:985 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2296,14 +2283,14 @@ "您可以尝试立即卸载、不卸载并继续或取消。\n" "除非您完全了解正在执行的操作，否则请单击“取消”。" -#. button text -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:996 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 +#. button text +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:996 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "卸载" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1012 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1012 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2311,75 +2298,75 @@ "您可以尝试立即卸载或取消。\n" "除非您完全了解正在执行的操作，否则请单击“取消”。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1058 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1058 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "文件系统已装入时无法收缩。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1071 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1071 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "文件系统已装入时无法扩展。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1082 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1082 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "文件系统已装入时无法调整大小。" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 msgid "Rescan Devices" msgstr "重扫描设备" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:85 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:85 msgid "Import Mount Points..." msgstr "导入安装点..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..." msgstr "提供加密口令(&P)..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 msgid "Configure &iSCSI..." msgstr "配置 &iSCSI(&I)..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 msgid "Configure &FCoE..." msgstr "配置 FCoE(&F)..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 msgid "Configure &Multipath..." msgstr "配置多路径(&M)..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 msgid "Configure &DASD..." msgstr "配置 &DASD(&D)..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 msgid "Configure &zFCP..." msgstr "配置 zFCP(&Z)..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 msgid "Configure &XPRAM..." msgstr "配置 XPRAM(&X)..." -#. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 +#. menu button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 msgid "Configure..." msgstr "配置..." -#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 +#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 msgid "Available Storage on %1" msgstr "%1 上的可用储存区" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all storage devices\n" "available.</p>" @@ -2387,8 +2374,8 @@ "<p>该视图显示所有\n" "可用储存设备。</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 msgid "" "<p>By double clicking a table entry,\n" "you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" @@ -2398,8 +2385,8 @@ "导航到一个视图，该视图下可以显示设备的详细\n" "信息。</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 msgid "" "<p>By selecting a table entry you can\n" "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device.</p>" @@ -2407,8 +2394,8 @@ "<p>通过选择一个表项，您可以\n" "导航至带有该设备相关详细信息的视图。</p>" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 msgid "" "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" "Really rescan disks?" @@ -2416,8 +2403,8 @@ "重扫描磁盘将取消所有当前更改。\n" "是否确实要重扫描磁盘？" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 msgid "" "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call iSCSI configuration?" @@ -2425,8 +2412,8 @@ "调用 iSCSI 配置将取消所有当前更改。\n" "是否确实要调用 iSCSI 配置？" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 msgid "" "Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call FCoE configuration?" @@ -2434,10 +2421,10 @@ "调用 FCoE 配置将取消所有当前更改。\n" "确实要调用 FCoE 配置吗？" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 msgid "" "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" @@ -2445,8 +2432,8 @@ "调用多路径配置将取消所有当前更改。\n" "确定要调用多路径配置？\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 msgid "" "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call DASD configuration?" @@ -2454,8 +2441,8 @@ "调用 DASD 配置将取消所有当前更改。\n" "是否确实要调用 DASD 配置？" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 msgid "" "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call zFCP configuration?" @@ -2463,8 +2450,8 @@ "调用 zFCP 配置将取消所有当前更改。\n" "是否确实要调用 zFCP 配置？" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 msgid "" "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call XPRAM configuration?" @@ -2472,50 +2459,50 @@ "调用 XPRAM 配置将取消所有当前更改。\n" "是否确实要调用 XPRAM 配置？" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:64 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Edit Btrfs %1" msgstr "编辑 Btrfs %1" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151 msgid "Select at least one device." msgstr "选择至少一个设备。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:175 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:175 msgid "<p>Change the devices that are used by the Btrfs volume.</p>" msgstr "<p>更改 Btrfs 卷使用的设备。</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Unused Devices:" msgstr "未用设备：" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531 msgid "Selected Devices:" msgstr "所选设备：" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:291 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:291 msgid "Resize Btrfs Volume %1" msgstr "调整 Btrfs 卷 %1 的大小" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130 msgid "No Btrfs device selected." msgstr "未选中 Btrfs 设备。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:47 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:47 msgid "" "The Btrfs %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -2523,178 +2510,174 @@ "Btrfs %1 正在使用中。无法\n" "编辑。要编辑 %1，请确保它未被使用。" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 msgid "Failed to remove some physical devices." msgstr "未能去除一些物理设备。" -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 - src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 msgid "Edit" msgstr "编辑" -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. disabled, see bnc #832196 -#. Item(Id(:resize), _("Resize")), -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. disabled, see bnc #832196 +#. Item(Id(:resize), _("Resize")), +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 - src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 msgid "Delete" msgstr "删除" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130 msgid "Btrfs Volumes" msgstr "Btrfs 卷" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 msgid "Edit..." msgstr "编辑..." -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. disabled, see bnc #832196 -#. PushButton(Id(:resize), Opt(:key_F8), _("Resize...")), -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. disabled, see bnc #832196 +#. PushButton(Id(:resize), Opt(:key_F8), _("Resize...")), +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 msgid "Delete..." msgstr "删除..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154 msgid "<p>This view shows all Btrfs volumes.</p>" msgstr "<p>该视图显示所有 Btrfs 卷。</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:213 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:213 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.</p>\n" @@ -2702,8 +2685,8 @@ "<p>该视图显示所选 Btrfs 卷的\n" "详细信息。</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.</p>\n" @@ -2711,74 +2694,72 @@ "<p>该视图显示所选 Btrfs 卷\n" "使用的所有设备。</p>\n" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330 msgid "Btrfs Device: %1" msgstr "Btrfs 设备：%1" -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. tab heading -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. tab heading +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "概述(&O)" -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. tab heading -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. tab heading +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 msgid "&Used Devices" msgstr "已用设备(&U)" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 msgid "<p>Choose the role of the device.</p>" msgstr "<p>选择设备的角色。</p>" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 msgid "EFI Boot Partition" msgstr "EFI 引导分区" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Operating System" msgstr "操作系统" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Data and ISV Applications" msgstr "数据和 ISV 应用程序" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Swap" msgstr "交换" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" msgstr "原始卷（未格式化）" -#. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 msgid "Role" msgstr "角色" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 msgid "" "<p>First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type.</p>" @@ -2786,69 +2767,66 @@ "<p>首先，选择是否\n" "格式化分区及所需的文件系统类型。</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 msgid "" "<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an " -"existing\n" +"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" "volume will delete all data on it.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>如果您想加密卷上的所有数据，\n" "请选择<b>加密设备</b>。修改一个已有卷的加密方式\n" "会删除其中的所有数据。</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 msgid "" "<p>Then, choose whether the partition should\n" "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.).</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>然后，选择是否要装入分区并输入安装点（/、/boot、/home、/var 等）。</p>" +msgstr "<p>然后，选择是否要装入分区并输入安装点（/、/boot、/home、/var 等）。</p>" -#. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:336 +#. set globals +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:336 msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "格式化选项" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 msgid "Format partition" msgstr "格式化分区" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:355 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:355 msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "不格式化分区" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "不装入分区" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:390 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:390 msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "装入选项" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:398 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:398 msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "装入分区" -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:404 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:404 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "安装点" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:411 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:411 msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "Fstab 选项(&T)..." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:595 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "crypt 文件必须进行加密。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:606 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:606 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -2860,18 +2838,18 @@ "\n" "还要检查格式选项。\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:622 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:622 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "crypt 文件需要安装点。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:636 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:636 msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "Tmpfs 需要安装点。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:720 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:720 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2885,8 +2863,8 @@ "Linux 文件系统一样。\n" " </p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:733 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:733 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -2900,21 +2878,21 @@ "就不能用于休眠（挂起到磁盘）。\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:803 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:803 msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "所有存储在此卷上的数据都将丢失！" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:826 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:826 msgid "Password" msgstr "口令" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:923 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:923 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "底层设备不支持大小调整。" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:928 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:928 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" @@ -2924,7 +2902,7 @@ "您不能改变所选分区的大小，\n" "因为此分区上的文件系统不支持改变大小。\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:952 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:952 msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" "can be resized while it is mounted." @@ -2932,8 +2910,8 @@ "不能在 NTFS 已装入时\n" "检查其是否可调整大小。" -#. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:971 +#. FIXME: Really? +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:971 msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" @@ -2941,79 +2919,79 @@ "无法调整分区 %1 的大小，\n" "因为文件系统似乎不一致。\n" -#. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:998 +#. Heading for dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:998 msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "调整分区 %1 大小" -#. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1019 +#. Heading for dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1019 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "调整逻辑卷 %1 大小" -#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1051 +#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1051 msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "当前大小：%1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1063 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1063 msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "当前已用：%1" -#. frame heading -#. input field label -#. combo box label -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1113 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129 +#. frame heading +#. input field label +#. combo box label +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1113 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129 msgid "Size" msgstr "大小" -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1086 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1086 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "最大大小 (%1)" -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1096 +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1096 msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "最小大小 (%1)" -#. radio button text -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1105 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 +#. radio button text +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1105 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "自定义大小" -#. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1139 +#. help text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1139 msgid "<p>Choose new size.</p>" msgstr "<p>选择新的大小。</p>" -#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1190 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 +#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes +#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1190 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." msgstr "输入的大小无效。请输入介于 %1 到 %2 之间的大小。" -#. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only -#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases -#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this -#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1233 +#. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only +#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases +#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this +#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1233 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -3024,28 +3002,28 @@ "这可能很慢，需要花费几小时时间。您可以考虑卸载该文件系统，\n" "这会显著提升调整速度。" -#. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1309 +#. label for log view +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1309 msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "%1 的输出" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1336 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1336 msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "正在重扫描磁盘..." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-dialogs.rb:62 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Edit DM %1" msgstr "编辑 DM %1" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:35 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:35 msgid "No DM device selected." msgstr "没有选择 DM 设备。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:46 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:46 msgid "" "The DM %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3053,13 +3031,13 @@ "DM %1 正在使用中。无法进行\n" "编辑。要编辑 %1，请确保它未被使用。" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85 msgid "Device Mapper (DM)" msgstr "设备映射程序 (DM)" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:97 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:97 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all Device Mapper devices except for those already \n" "included in some other view. Therefore multipath disks,\n" @@ -3069,8 +3047,8 @@ "但已经包含在其他视图中的不显示。因此多路径磁盘、\n" "BIOS RAID 和 LVM 逻辑卷不在这里显示。</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected Device Mapper device.</p>" @@ -3078,8 +3056,8 @@ "<p>该视图显示有关\n" "所选设备映射程序设备的详细信息。</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected Device Mapper device.</p>" @@ -3087,185 +3065,185 @@ "<p>该视图显示由\n" "所选设备映射程序设备使用的所有设备。</p>" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:265 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:265 msgid "DM Device: %1" msgstr "DM 设备：%1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-graph.rb -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-graph.rb +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 msgid "Add RAID" msgstr "添加 RAID" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Add Volume Group" msgstr "添加卷组" -#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for -#. a set of notes connected with edges -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:447 +#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for +#. a set of notes connected with edges +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:447 msgid "Device Graph" msgstr "设备图" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74 msgid "Save Device Graph..." msgstr "保存设备图..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84 msgid "<p>This view shows a graph of devices.</p>" msgstr "<p>该视图显示设备图。</p>" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 msgid "Saving graph file failed." msgstr "保存图形文件失败。" -#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for -#. a set of notes connected with edges -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 +#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for +#. a set of notes connected with edges +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 msgid "Mount Graph" msgstr "装入图" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163 msgid "Save Mount Graph..." msgstr "保存装入图..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173 msgid "<p>This view shows a graph of mount points.</p>" msgstr "<p>该视图显示安装点图。</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:41 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:41 msgid "<p>Choose the partition type for the new partition.</p>" msgstr "<p>为新分区选择分区类型。</p>" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:63 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Primary Partition" msgstr "主分区(&P)" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:76 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:76 msgid "&Extended Partition" msgstr "扩展分区(&E)" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:89 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:89 msgid "&Logical Partition" msgstr "逻辑分区(&L)" -#. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:99 +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:99 msgid "New Partition Type" msgstr "新分区类型" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:166 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:166 msgid "<p>Choose the size for the new partition.</p>" msgstr "<p>为新分区选择大小。</p>" -#. frame heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:232 +#. frame heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:232 msgid "New Partition Size" msgstr "新分区大小" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:265 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:265 msgid "Custom Region" msgstr "自定义区域" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:272 msgid "Start Cylinder" msgstr "起始柱面" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:282 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "End Cylinder" msgstr "结束柱面" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:380 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:380 msgid "The region entered is invalid." msgstr "输入的区域无效。" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "在 %1 上添加分区" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "编辑分区 %1" -#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 +#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "没有空间可分配给移动的分区 %1。" -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "向前移动分区 %1？" -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "向后移动分区 %1？" -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "移动分区 %1？" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 msgid "Forward" msgstr "向前" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 msgid "Backward" msgstr "向后" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "确认删除所有分区" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" @@ -3273,35 +3251,35 @@ "磁盘“%1”包含至少一个分区。\n" "如果继续，将会删除下列分区：" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "确定要删除“%1”上的所有分区？" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 msgid "No hard disk selected." msgstr "没有选择硬盘。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD." msgstr "无法在 LDL 格式的 DASD 上创建分区表。" -#. error popup -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5234 +#. error popup +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5234 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "该磁盘正在使用中，无法进行修改。" -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 msgid "Select new partition table type for %1." msgstr "为 %1 选择新的分区表类型。" -#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 +#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 msgid "" "Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n" "on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." @@ -3309,46 +3287,46 @@ "是否确实要在 %1 上创建新的分区表？这将删除 %1 上\n" "的所有数据和 %1 上使用分区的所有 RAID 和卷组。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 msgid "No disk selected." msgstr "未选择任何磁盘。" -#. popup text -#. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 +#. popup text +#. Must be called before removing device. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?" msgstr "确实要删除 BIOS RAID %1 吗？" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?" msgstr "是否确实删除已分区的 RAID %1？" -#. error ppup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 +#. error ppup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk." msgstr "此磁盘上没有要删除的分区。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgstr "不能在 %1 上创建分区。" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 msgid "No partition selected." msgstr "没有选择分区。" -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3356,25 +3334,25 @@ "分区 %1 正在使用中。无法进行\n" "编辑。要编辑 %1，请确保它未被使用。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited." msgstr "无法编辑扩展分区。" -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 msgid "" "The partition %1 is already created on disk\n" "and cannot be moved." msgstr "分区 %1 已在磁盘上创建，无法移动。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved." msgstr "无法移动扩展分区。" -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3382,13 +3360,13 @@ "分区 %1 正在使用中。无法\n" "调整大小。要调整 %1 的大小，请确保它未被使用。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized." msgstr "无法调整扩展分区大小。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 msgid "" "<p>Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n" "that will have the same partition layout as\n" @@ -3404,7 +3382,7 @@ "这些分区会被删除。\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 msgid "" "The following partitions will be deleted\n" "and all data on them will be lost:" @@ -3412,11 +3390,11 @@ "以下分区将删除\n" "且上面的所有数据都将丢失：" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 msgid "Really delete these partitions?" msgstr "确实要删除这些分区吗？" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n" "disk must have at least one partition.\n" @@ -3426,7 +3404,7 @@ "但可克隆磁盘至少须有一个分区。\n" "克隆磁盘前请先创建分区。\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 msgid "" "This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n" "disks that could have the same partitioning layout." @@ -3434,20 +3412,20 @@ "无法克隆该磁盘。没有可具有相同分区布局的\n" "合适磁盘。" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 msgid "Clone partition layout of %1" msgstr "克隆 %1 的分区布局" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 msgid "Available target disks:" msgstr "可用目标磁盘：" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone" msgstr "选择创建克隆的目标磁盘" -#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 +#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 msgid "" "Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n" "Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n" @@ -3455,8 +3433,8 @@ "运行 dasdfmt 将删除磁盘上的所有数据。\n" "确实要在磁盘 %1 上执行 dasdfmt 吗？\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 msgid "" "The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n" "\n" @@ -3467,83 +3445,83 @@ "\n" " 再次显示了此磁盘上当前存在的分区。\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:41 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:41 msgid "Add Partition" msgstr "添加分区" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:62 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:62 msgid "Move" msgstr "移动" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 msgid "Resize" msgstr "调整大小" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:88 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:88 msgid "Move..." msgstr "移动..." -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61 msgid "Resize..." msgstr "调整大小..." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:132 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:132 msgid "" "Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n" "devices cannot be moved." msgstr "无法移动硬盘、BIOS RAID 和多路径设备。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:143 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:143 msgid "" "Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n" "devices cannot be resized." msgstr "无法调整硬盘、BIOS RAID 和多路径设备的大小。" -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:374 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:374 msgid "Hard Disks" msgstr "硬盘" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:220 msgid "Add Partition..." msgstr "添加分区..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:231 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:231 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all hard disks including\n" "iSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath disks and their partitions.</p>\n" @@ -3551,18 +3529,18 @@ "<p>该视图显示包括 iSCCI 磁盘、BIOS RAID\n" "和多路径磁盘在内的所有硬盘和它们的分区。</p>\n" -#. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 +#. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 msgid "Health Test (SMART)..." msgstr "状态测试 (SMART)..." -#. push button text (do not translate 'hdparm', it is the name of the tool) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:331 +#. push button text (do not translate 'hdparm', it is the name of the tool) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:331 msgid "Properties (hdparm)..." msgstr "属性 (hdparm)..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:345 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:345 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected hard disk.</p>" @@ -3570,45 +3548,45 @@ "<p>该视图显示有关\n" "所选硬盘的详细信息。</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:393 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:393 msgid "SMART is not available for this disk." msgstr "SMART 对此磁盘不可用。" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:401 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:401 msgid "hdparm is not available for this disk." msgstr "hdparm 对此磁盘不可用。" -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:458 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:458 msgid "Create New Partition Table" msgstr "新建分区表" -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:467 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:467 msgid "Clone this Disk" msgstr "克隆此磁盘" -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:477 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:477 msgid "Execute dasd&fmt on the DASD Device" msgstr "在 DASD 设备上执行 dasdfmt(&F)" -#. push button text -#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 msgid "Add..." msgstr "添加..." -#. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:501 +#. menu button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:501 msgid "Expert..." msgstr "专家..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:511 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:511 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all partitions of the selected\n" "hard disk. If the hard disk is used by e.g. BIOS RAID or multipath, no\n" @@ -3618,8 +3596,8 @@ "如果硬盘被 BIOS RAID 或多路径等使用，\n" "则显示不出分区。</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:596 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:596 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected hard disk. The view is only available for BIOS RAIDs, partitioned\n" @@ -3629,23 +3607,23 @@ "此视图只适用于 BIOS RAID、已分区的软件 RAID\n" "和多路径磁盘。</p>\n" -#. tab heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:646 +#. tab heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:646 msgid "&Partitions" msgstr "分区(&P)" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:661 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:661 msgid "Hard Disk: %1" msgstr "硬盘：%1" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:721 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:721 msgid "Partition: %1" msgstr "分区：%1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:731 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:731 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected partition.</p>" @@ -3653,8 +3631,8 @@ "<p>该视图显示有关\n" "所选分区的详细信息。</p>" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296 msgid "" "<p>YaST has scanned your hard disks and found one or several existing \n" "Linux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in \n" @@ -3664,8 +3642,8 @@ "一个或多个带安装点的已有 Linux 系统。\n" "旧安装点显示在表格中。</p>\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 msgid "" "<p>You can choose whether the existing system\n" "volumes, e.g. / and /usr, will be formatted during the\n" @@ -3675,49 +3653,49 @@ "现有系统卷（如 / 和 /usr）进行格式化。\n" "非系统卷（如 /home）不会进行格式化。</p>" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 msgid "No previous system with mount points was detected." msgstr "未检测到任何具有安装点的旧有系统。" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343 msgid "Show &Previous" msgstr "显示上一个(&P)" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:344 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:344 msgid "Show &Next" msgstr "显示下一个(&N)" -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:353 +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:353 msgid "Import Mount Points from Existing System:" msgstr "从已有的系统中导入安装点：" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:368 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:368 msgid "Format System Volumes" msgstr "格式化系统卷" -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374 +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374 msgid "Import" msgstr "导入" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400 msgid "/etc/fstab found on %1 contains:" msgstr "%1 上找到的 /etc/fstab 包含：" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:499 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:499 msgid "Wrong Password Provided." msgstr "提供的口令错误。" -#. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 +#. Must be called before removing device. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM" msgstr "确认删除 LVM 使用的分区" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 msgid "" "The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n" @@ -3727,15 +3705,15 @@ "为了保持系统的一致性，\n" "将删除如下卷组和它的逻辑卷：\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?" msgstr "是否立即删除分区“%1”和卷组“%2”？" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID" msgstr "确认删除 RAID 使用的分区" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 msgid "" "The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n" @@ -3745,24 +3723,24 @@ "为保持系统的一致性，\n" "将删除如下 RAID 设备：\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?" msgstr "是否立即删除分区“%1”和 RAID“%2”？" -#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 +#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?" msgstr "确实要删除 %1 上的所有分区吗？" -#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. now delete partition!! -#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 +#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. now delete partition!! +#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 msgid "Really delete %1?" msgstr "确实要删除 %1？" -#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 +#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 msgid "" "\n" "Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n" @@ -3770,59 +3748,58 @@ "\n" "是否应同时去除循环文件 %1？\n" -#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. -#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 +#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. +#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 msgid "Unpartitioned" msgstr "未分区" -#. Now there is some xtra space between the end of this partition and the start of the next one -#. or the end of the disk if -#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one -#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 +#. Now there is some xtra space between the end of this partition and the start of the next one +#. or the end of the disk if +#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one +#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 msgid "Unallocated" msgstr "未分配" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 msgid "<p>No changes to partitioning.</p>" msgstr "<p>未更改分区。</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 msgid "<p>Changes to partitioning:</p>" msgstr "<h1>对分区的更改：</h1>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 msgid "<p>No changes to storage settings.</p>" msgstr "<p>未更改储存设置。</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 msgid "<p>Storage settings:</p>" msgstr "<p>储存设置：</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 msgid "<p>Packages to install:</p>" msgstr "<p>要安装的包：</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 msgid "<p>No packages need to be installed.</p>" msgstr "<p>不需要安装包。</p>" -#. TODO -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 +#. TODO +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>This must be an absolute path to the " -"file\n" +"<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>This must be an absolute path to the file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p><b>循环文件的路径名：</b><br>这必须是要设置的包含加密循环设备\n" "数据的文件的绝对路径。</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b>Create Loop File:</b><br>If this is checked, the file will be created\n" @@ -3834,8 +3811,8 @@ "下一个字段中给定的大小创建。<b>注意：</b>如果\n" "该文件已经存在，则其中的所有数据会丢失。</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b>Size:</b><br>This is the size of the loop file. The file system\n" @@ -3845,8 +3822,8 @@ "<p><b>大小：</b><br>这是回环文件的大小。\n" "在加密回环设备中创建的文件系统将会具备该大小。</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b>NOTE:</b> During installation, YaST cannot carry out consistency\n" @@ -3860,23 +3837,23 @@ "访问。安装结束时才会创建文件系统。请注意\n" "保持所提供的文件大小和路径名的一致性。</p>\n" -#. input field label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96 +#. input field label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96 msgid "Path Name of Loop File" msgstr "循环文件路径名" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:103 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:103 msgid "Browse..." msgstr "浏览..." -#. check box text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:111 +#. check box text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:111 msgid "Create Loop File" msgstr "创建循环文件" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:162 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:162 msgid "" "The file name \"%1\" is invalid.\n" "Use an absolute path name.\n" @@ -3884,13 +3861,13 @@ "文件名“%1”无效。\n" "请使用绝对路径名。\n" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size of at least %1." msgstr "输入的大小无效。请输入至少为 %1 的大小。" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 msgid "" "The file name \"%1\" does not exist\n" "and the flag for create is off. Either use an existing file or activate\n" @@ -3900,47 +3877,47 @@ "且未激活创建文件的标志。使用现有文件或激活\n" "创建标志。" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "Add Crypt File" msgstr "添加加密文件" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 msgid "Edit Crypt File %1" msgstr "编辑加密文件 %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107 msgid "No crypt file selected." msgstr "没有选择加密文件。" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:77 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:77 msgid "" "The Crypt File %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3948,30 +3925,30 @@ "加密文件 %1 正在使用中。无法进行\n" "编辑。要编辑 %1，请确保它未被使用。" -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:398 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:398 msgid "Crypt Files" msgstr "加密文件" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:112 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:112 msgid "Add Crypt File..." msgstr "添加加密文件..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:121 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:121 msgid "<p>This view shows all crypt files.</p>" msgstr "<p>该视图显示所有加密文件。</p>" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:172 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:172 msgid "Crypt File: %1" msgstr "加密文件：%1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:183 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:183 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information of the\n" "selected crypt file.</p>" @@ -3979,23 +3956,23 @@ "<p>该视图显示\n" "所选加密文件的详细信息。</p>" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41 msgid "Enter a name for the volume group." msgstr "输入卷组的名称。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:46 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:46 msgid "The name for the volume group is longer than 128 characters." msgstr "卷组的名称长于 128 个字符。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:52 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:52 msgid "The name for the volume group must not start with a \"-\"." msgstr "卷组的名称不得以“-”开头。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:58 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:58 msgid "" "The name for the volume group contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." @@ -4003,13 +3980,13 @@ "卷组的名称包含非法字符。允许的字符为\n" "字母数字字符、“.”、“_”、“-”和“+”。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76 msgid "The volume group \"%1\" already exists." msgstr "卷组“%1”已存在。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:85 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:85 msgid "" "The volume group name \"%1\" conflicts\n" "with another entry in the /dev directory.\n" @@ -4017,13 +3994,13 @@ "卷组名“%1”与 /dev 目录中\n" "的另一项冲突。\n" -#. pop-up dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:106 +#. pop-up dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "Confirm Deleting of Volume Group" msgstr "确认删除卷组" -#. pop-up dialog message part 1: %1 is vol.group name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:109 +#. pop-up dialog message part 1: %1 is vol.group name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:109 msgid "" "The volume group \"%1\" contains at least one logical volume.\n" "If you proceed, the following volumes will be unmounted (if mounted)\n" @@ -4032,13 +4009,13 @@ "卷组“%1”包含至少一个逻辑卷。\n" "如果继续，下列卷将被卸载（如果已安装）并删除：" -#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 +#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" msgstr "确定要删除卷组“%1”以及所有相关的逻辑卷？" -#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 +#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 msgid "" "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n" "in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" @@ -4046,18 +4023,18 @@ "输入的数据无效。插入的物理区域大小\n" "应大于 %1 且为 2 的乘方，例如“%2”或“%3”" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167 msgid "Enter a name for the logical volume." msgstr "为逻辑卷输入名称。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:172 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:172 msgid "The name for the logical volume is longer than 128 characters." msgstr "逻辑卷的名称长于 128 个字符。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:178 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:178 msgid "" "The name for the logical volume contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." @@ -4065,8 +4042,8 @@ "逻辑卷的名称包含非法字符。允许的字符为\n" "字母数字字符、“.”、“_”、“-”和“+”。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197 msgid "" "A logical volume named \"%1\" already exists\n" "in volume group \"%2\"." @@ -4074,57 +4051,56 @@ "名称为“%1”的逻辑卷已存在于\n" "卷组“%2”中。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 msgid "<p>Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group.</p>" msgstr "<p>输入新卷组的名称和物理区域大小。</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 msgid "<p>Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain.</p>" msgstr "<p>选择该卷组应包含的物理卷。</p>" -#. label for input field -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 +#. label for input field +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Volume Group Name" msgstr "卷组名" -#. label for combo box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:293 +#. label for combo box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:293 msgid "&Physical Extent Size" msgstr "物理区域大小(&P)" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Available Physical Volumes:" msgstr "可用物理卷：" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414 msgid "Selected Physical Volumes:" msgstr "所选物理卷：" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:378 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:378 msgid "<p>Change the devices that are used for the volume group.</p>" msgstr "<p>更改用于卷组的设备。</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "<p>Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " -"higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>输入新逻辑卷的大小，以及\n" "条带数量和大小。条带数不能\n" "大于卷组的物理卷数量。</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500 msgid "" "<p>So called <b>Thin Volumes</b> can created\n" "with arbitrary volume size. The space required is taken on demand from the \n" @@ -4140,119 +4116,115 @@ "指定的瘦池还是必须能够满足该空间需求。\n" "瘦卷不能有分带计数。" -#. heading for frame -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186 +#. heading for frame +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186 msgid "Stripes" msgstr "条带" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:606 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:606 msgid "Number" msgstr "编号" -#. A dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:631 +#. A dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:631 msgid "Add Logical volume %1 on %2" msgstr "在 %2 上添加逻辑卷 %1" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:756 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:756 msgid "Resize Volume Group %1" msgstr "调整卷组 %1 的大小" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:774 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:774 msgid "<p>Enter the name of the new logical volume.</p>" msgstr "<p>输入新逻辑卷的名称。</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Normal Volume</b>.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " -"the feature of <b>Thin Provisioning</b> existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of <b>Thin Provisioning</b> existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice</p>" msgstr "" "<p>您可以将逻辑卷声明为<b>普通卷</b>。\n" "这是默认选项，表示像<b>瘦配置</b>特性存在之前的所有卷一样的普通 LVM 卷。\n" "如果不确定，这就是最可能的合适选项</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Thin Pool</b>.\n" -"This means <b>Thin Volumes</b> allocate their needed space on demand from " -"such a pool.</p>" +"This means <b>Thin Volumes</b> allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>您可以将逻辑卷声明为<b>瘦池</b>。\n" "这意味着<b>瘦卷</b>将能按需从此池中分配它们所需的空间。</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Thin Volume</b>.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a <b>Thin Pool</" -"b>.</p>" +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a <b>Thin Pool</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>您可以将逻辑卷声明为<b>瘦卷</b>。\n" "这意味着该卷将按需从<b>瘦池</b>中分配所需空间。</p>" -#. heading for frame -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 +#. heading for frame +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 msgid "Name" msgstr "名称" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195 msgid "Logical Volume" msgstr "逻辑卷" -#. heading for frame -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132 +#. heading for frame +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132 msgid "Type" msgstr "类型" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:848 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:848 msgid "Normal Volume" msgstr "普通卷" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:851 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:851 msgid "Thin Pool" msgstr "瘦池" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:857 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:857 msgid "Thin Volume" msgstr "瘦卷" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:865 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:865 msgid "Used Pool" msgstr "已用池" -#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 +#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "在 %1 上添加逻辑卷" -#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 +#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "编辑 %2 上的逻辑卷 %1" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:68 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:68 msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " -"unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" "没有足够合适的未用设备来创建卷组。\n" @@ -4260,40 +4232,40 @@ "要使用 LVM，至少需要一个 0x8e（或 0x83）类型的未用分区或一个未用\n" "RAID 设备。请相应更改您的分区表。" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165 msgid "No volume group selected." msgstr "没有选择卷组。" -#. empty VG - simple -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:181 +#. empty VG - simple +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:181 msgid "Really delete the volume group \"%1\"?" msgstr "是否确实要删除卷组“%1”？" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:198 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:198 msgid "Deleting volume group \"%1\" failed." msgstr "删除卷组“%1”失败。" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 msgid "No logical volume selected." msgstr "没有选择逻辑卷。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:232 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:232 msgid "No free space left in the volume group \"%1\"." msgstr "卷组“%1”中已没有可用空间。" -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 msgid "" "The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n" "It cannot be edited." @@ -4301,8 +4273,8 @@ "卷 %1 是一个瘦池。\n" "它不可编辑。" -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 msgid "" "The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4310,46 +4282,46 @@ "卷 %1 正在使用中。无法\n" "编辑。要编辑 %1，请确保它未被使用。" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:41 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:41 msgid "Add Logical Volume" msgstr "添加逻辑卷" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:190 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:190 msgid "Volume Group" msgstr "卷组" -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:390 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:390 msgid "Volume Management" msgstr "卷管理" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:222 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:222 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all LVM volume groups and\n" "their logical volumes.</p>" @@ -4357,8 +4329,8 @@ "<p>该视图显示所有 LVM 卷组和\n" "它们的逻辑卷。</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:266 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:266 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected volume group.</p>" @@ -4366,8 +4338,8 @@ "<p>该视图显示有关\n" "所选卷组的详细信息。</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:345 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:345 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all logical volumes of the\n" "selected volume group.</p>" @@ -4375,8 +4347,8 @@ "<p>该视图显示\n" "所选卷组的所有逻辑卷。</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:419 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:419 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all physical volumes used by\n" "the selected volume group.</p>" @@ -4384,28 +4356,28 @@ "<p>该视图显示由\n" "所选卷组使用的所有物理卷。</p>" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460 msgid "Volume Group: %1" msgstr "卷组：%1" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:469 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:469 msgid "&Logical Volumes" msgstr "逻辑卷(&L)" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:471 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:471 msgid "&Physical Volumes" msgstr "物理卷(&P)" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:525 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:525 msgid "Logical Volume: %1" msgstr "逻辑卷：%1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:535 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:535 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected logical volume.</p>" @@ -4413,56 +4385,56 @@ "<p>该视图显示有关\n" "所选逻辑卷的详细信息。</p>" -#. tree node label -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:382 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 +#. tree node label +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:382 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 msgid "RAID" msgstr "RAID" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:406 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:406 msgid "Device Mapper" msgstr "设备映射程序" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:414 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:414 msgid "NFS" msgstr "NFS" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:421 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:421 msgid "Btrfs" msgstr "Btrfs" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:428 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:428 msgid "tmpfs" msgstr "tmpfs" -#. tree node label -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:435 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 +#. tree node label +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:435 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 msgid "Unused Devices" msgstr "未用设备" -#. tree node label -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:464 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 +#. tree node label +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:464 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "安装摘要" -#. tree node label -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:475 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 +#. tree node label +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:475 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 msgid "Settings" msgstr "设置" -#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:547 +#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:547 msgid "" "You have changed the partitioning or storage settings. These changes\n" "will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n" @@ -4472,36 +4444,34 @@ "如果用 %1 退出分区程序，这些更改将丢失。\n" "确定要退出？" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:561 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:561 msgid "<p>Here you can see the partitioning summary.</p>" msgstr "<p>此处您可看到分区摘要。</p>" -#. Fullscreen summary of changes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:573 +#. Fullscreen summary of changes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:573 msgid ": Summary" msgstr "：摘要" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:648 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:648 msgid "System View" msgstr "系统视图" -#. fallback dialog content -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "" -"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " -"installation." +#. fallback dialog content +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 +msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." msgstr "NFS 配置不可用。请检查 yast2-nfs-client 包的安装。" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 msgid "Network File System (NFS)" msgstr "网络文件系统 (NFS)" -#. rollback only if user does not want to save (#450060) -#. the mount might fail later if the errors are not corrected, but the user has been warned -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:171 +#. rollback only if user does not want to save (#450060) +#. the mount might fail later if the errors are not corrected, but the user has been warned +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:171 msgid "" "Test mount of NFS share '%1' failed.\n" "Save it anyway?" @@ -4509,34 +4479,31 @@ "测试 NFS 共享“%1”的装入已失败。\n" "仍要保存它吗？" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by raid type e.g. "RAID1", %2 is replaced by integer -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:61 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by raid type e.g. "RAID1", %2 is replaced by integer +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:61 msgid "For %1, select at least %2 device." msgstr "对于 %1，请至少选择 %2 设备。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:82 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:82 msgid "<p>Select the RAID type for the new RAID.</p>" msgstr "<p>为新的 RAID 选择类型。</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "<p><b>RAID 0:</b> This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is <b>NO</b> redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " -"data recovery will not be possible.</p>\n" +"There is <b>NO</b> redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>RAID 0</b>：此级别可提高磁盘性能。\n" "在此方式中<b>没有</b>冗余。如果一个驱动程序崩溃，将无法恢复数据。</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data " -"on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " -"partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>RAID 1：</b> <br>这种方式具有最佳冗余性能。用在\n" @@ -4544,22 +4511,19 @@ "镜像副本。只要有一个磁盘仍在工作，就不会丢失数据。用于\n" "这种类型 RAID 的分区的大小应该基本相同。</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " -"disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " -"simultaneously, all data is lost</p>\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>RAID 5：</b> <br>这种模式既能管理数量更多的磁盘，\n" "还能保持一定的冗余程度。这种模式适用于三个或更多磁盘的情况。\n" -"如果一个磁盘出故障，所有数据仍能完好无损。如果两个磁盘同时出故障，则所有数据" -"都会丢失。</p>\n" +"如果一个磁盘出故障，所有数据仍能完好无损。如果两个磁盘同时出故障，则所有数据都会丢失。</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 msgid "" "<p><b>Raid Name</b> gives you the possibility to provide a meaningful\n" "name for the raid. This is optional. If name is provided, the device is\n" @@ -4569,21 +4533,19 @@ "有意义的名称。这是可选字段。如果提供了名称，设备\n" "便可以 <tt>/dev/md/<name></tt> 的形式使用。</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "<p>Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " -"the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</" -"p>\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>向 RAID 添加分区。根据\n" "RAID 的类型，可用磁盘大小是这些分区大小之和 (RAID0)、最小分区的\n" "大小 (RAID 1)，或 (N-1)*最小分区 (RAID 5)。</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 msgid "" "<p>Generally, the partitions should be on different drives,\n" "to get the redundancy and performance you want.</p>\n" @@ -4591,83 +4553,80 @@ "<p>通常，这些分区应处在不同的驱动器上，\n" "以实现您希望的冗余和性能。</p>\n" -#. heading -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192 +#. heading +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192 msgid "RAID Type" msgstr "RAID 类型" -#. Translators, 'Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:201 +#. Translators, 'Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:201 msgid "RAID &0 (Striping)" msgstr "RAID 0(分带)(&0)" -#. Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:210 +#. Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:210 msgid "RAID &1 (Mirroring)" msgstr "RAID 1(镜像)(&1)" -#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate -#. only if you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:219 +#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate +#. only if you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:219 msgid "RAID &5 (Redundant Striping)" msgstr "RAID 5(冗余分带)(&5)" -#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:228 +#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:228 msgid "RAID &6 (Dual Redundant Striping)" msgstr "RAID 6（双冗余分段）(&6)" -#. Translators, 'Mirroring' and 'Striping' are technical terms here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:237 +#. Translators, 'Mirroring' and 'Striping' are technical terms here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:237 msgid "RAID &10 (Mirroring and Striping)" msgstr "RAID 10（镜像和分段）(&1)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:248 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:248 msgid "Raid &Name (optional)" msgstr "Raid 名称（可选）(&N)" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:265 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:530 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:265 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:530 msgid "Available Devices:" msgstr "可用设备：" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "<p><b>Chunk Size:</b><br>It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " -"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " -"the array very much.</p>\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>大块大小：</b><br>这是可以写入设备的\n" "最小“原子”数据块。RAID 5 的合理大块大小为 128KB。对于 RAID 0，\n" "以 32 KB 为起点较为合理。对于 RAID 1，大块大小对阵列没有太大影响。</p>\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 msgid "Parity Algorithm:" msgstr "奇偶校验算法：" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " -"with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "用于 RAID5/6 的奇偶校验算法。\n" "对于典型的旋转盘片磁盘来说，左对称能够提供最佳性能。\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 msgid "" "For further details regarding the parity \n" "algorithm please look at the man page for mdadm (man mdadm).\n" @@ -4675,66 +4634,66 @@ "关于奇偶校验算法的细节，\n" "请见 mdadm 帮助页面 (man mdadm)。\n" -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195 +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195 msgid "Chunk Size" msgstr "大块大小" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:427 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:427 msgid "Parity &Algorithm" msgstr "奇偶校验算法(&A)" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:436 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:436 msgid "RAID Options" msgstr "RAID 选项" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:481 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:481 msgid "<p>Change the devices that are used for the RAID.</p>" msgstr "<p>更改用于 RAID 的设备。</p>" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "添加 RAID %1" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "调整 RAID %1 大小" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "编辑 RAID %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:76 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:76 msgid "" "\n" "Raid %1 cannot be modified because it is in inactive state.\n" @@ -4746,22 +4705,22 @@ "这往往表示 RAID 设备中有部分太小，导致\n" "RAID 无法使用。\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 msgid "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a RAID." msgstr "没有足够合适的未用设备来创建 RAID。" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255 msgid "No RAID selected." msgstr "没有选择 RAID。" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:166 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:166 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4769,8 +4728,8 @@ "RAID %1 正在使用中。无法进行\n" "编辑。要编辑 %1，请确保它未被使用。" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is already created on disk. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, remove it and create it again." @@ -4778,8 +4737,8 @@ "RAID %1 已在磁盘上创建。无法再调整其大小。\n" "要调整 %1 的大小，请去除它再重新创建。" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4787,18 +4746,18 @@ "RAID %1 正在使用中。无法\n" "调整大小。要调整 %1 大小，请确保它未被使用。" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 msgid "Add RAID..." msgstr "添加 RAID..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141 msgid "<p>This view shows all RAIDs except BIOS RAIDs.</p>" msgstr "<p>该视图显示除 BIOS RAID 以外的所有 RAID。</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected RAID.</p>" @@ -4806,8 +4765,8 @@ "<p>该视图显示有关\n" "所选 RAID 的详细信息。</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:272 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:272 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected RAID.</p>" @@ -4815,130 +4774,123 @@ "<p>该视图显示由\n" "所选 RAID 使用的所有设备。</p>" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:308 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:308 msgid "RAID: %1" msgstr "RAID：%1" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 msgid "Label" msgstr "标签" -#. list entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#. list entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 msgid "UUID" msgstr "UUID" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 msgid "Mount by" msgstr "装入方式" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 msgid "Used by" msgstr "使用对象" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "BIOS ID" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 msgid "Cylinder information" msgstr "柱面信息" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 msgid "Fibre Channel information" msgstr "光纤通道信息" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 msgid "Encryption" msgstr "加密" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "设备名" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 msgid "Volume Label" msgstr "卷标" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "设备 ID" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 msgid "Device Path" msgstr "设备路径" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 msgid "Optimal" msgstr "最佳" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 msgid "Cylinder" msgstr "柱面" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 msgid "Default Mount by" msgstr "默认装入方式" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 msgid "Default File System" msgstr "默认文件系统" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions" msgstr "新创建分区的对齐方式" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 msgid "Show Storage Devices by" msgstr "显示储存设备的方式" -#. multi selection box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 +#. multi selection box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices" msgstr "存储设备上的可见信息" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 msgid "" "<p>This view shows general storage\n" "settings:</p>" @@ -4946,16 +4898,14 @@ "<p>该视图显示常规储存\n" "设置：</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 msgid "" "<p><b>Default Mount by</b> gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. <i>Device Name</i> uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. <i>Device ID</i> and <i>Device Path</" -"i>\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. <i>Device ID</i> and <i>Device Path</i>\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally <i>UUID</i> " -"and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally <i>UUID</i> and\n" "<i>Volume Label</i> use the file systems UUID and label.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>默认装入方式</b>指定新建文件系统的\n" @@ -4965,8 +4915,8 @@ "但实际上并不总是这样。<i>UUID</i>\n" "和<i>卷标</i>使用文件系统的 UUID 和卷标。</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 msgid "" "<p><b>Default File System</b> gives the file\n" "system type for newly created file systems.</p>\n" @@ -4974,13 +4924,11 @@ "<p><b>默认文件系统</b>指定新建文件系统\n" "的文件系统类型。</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "<p><b>Alignment of Newly Created Partitions</b>\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the " -"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> " -"aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -4989,8 +4937,8 @@ "<b>最佳</b>根据 Linux 内核提供的提示以最佳性能的方式对齐分区，或\n" "以力求与 Windows Vista 和 Win 7 兼容的方式对齐分区。</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 msgid "" "<p><b>Show Storage Devices by</b> controls\n" "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree.</p>" @@ -4998,8 +4946,8 @@ "<p><b>显示储存设备的方式</b>控制\n" "导航树中对硬盘显示的名称。</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 msgid "" "<p><b>Visible Information On Storage\n" "Devices</b> allows to hide information in the tables and overview.</p>" @@ -5007,23 +4955,23 @@ "<p><b>储存设备上的\n" "可见信息</b>允许在表和概述中隐藏信息。</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50 msgid "<p>This view shows the installation summary.</p>" msgstr "<p>该视图显示安装摘要。</p>" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Add tmpfs Mount" msgstr "添加 tmpfs 装入" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:35 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:35 msgid "No tmpfs device selected." msgstr "没有选择任何 tmpfs 设备。" -#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:48 +#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:48 msgid "" "\n" "Really delete tmpfs mounted to %1" @@ -5031,18 +4979,18 @@ "\n" "确定要删除已装入到 %1 的 tmpfs" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:101 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:101 msgid "tmpfs Volumes" msgstr "tmpfs 卷" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:121 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:121 msgid "<p>This view shows all tmpfs volumes.</p>" msgstr "<p>该视图显示所有 tmpfs 卷。</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:178 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:178 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected tmpfs volume.</p>\n" @@ -5050,18 +4998,18 @@ "<p>该视图显示所选 tmpfs 卷的详细信息。\n" "</p>\n" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234 msgid "tmpfs mounted at %1" msgstr "tmpfs 装入到 %1" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:96 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:96 msgid "Rescan" msgstr "重扫描" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:104 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:104 msgid "" "<p>This view shows devices that have no mount\n" "point assigned to them, disks that are unpartitioned and volume groups that\n" @@ -5071,8 +5019,8 @@ "点的设备、没有进行分区的磁盘和\n" "没有逻辑卷的卷组。</p>" -#. popup message -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130 +#. popup message +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130 msgid "" "Rescanning unused devices cancels\n" "all current changes. Really rescan unused devices?" @@ -5080,30 +5028,30 @@ "重扫描未用设备将取消\n" "所有当前更改。确定要重扫描未用设备？" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:38 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:38 msgid "" "A logical volume with the requested size could \n" "not be created.\n" @@ -5111,17 +5059,17 @@ "无法创建要求大小的\n" "逻辑卷。\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:42 +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:42 msgid "Try reducing the stripe count of the volume." msgstr "尝试减少卷中的分带数。" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:48 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:48 msgid "You can only remove logical volumes." msgstr "您只能去除逻辑卷。" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:54 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:54 msgid "" "There is at least one snapshot active for this volume.\n" "Remove the snapshot first." @@ -5129,8 +5077,8 @@ "该卷至少有一个活动的快照。\n" "请先去除该快照。" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:63 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:63 msgid "" "There is at least one thin volume using this pool.\n" "Remove the thin volume first." @@ -5138,100 +5086,100 @@ "至少有一个瘦卷正在使用此池。\n" "请先去除该瘦卷。" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:69 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Remove the logical volume %1?" msgstr "是否去除逻辑卷 %1？" -#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:92 +#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:92 msgid "Total size: %1" msgstr "总大小：%1" -#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:107 +#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:107 msgid "Resulting size: %1" msgstr "最终大小：%1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: DualMultiSelectionBox.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> -#. -#. The items must have the `id() as their first element. -#. button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: DualMultiSelectionBox.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> +#. +#. The items must have the `id() as their first element. +#. button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 msgid "Class" msgstr "类" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:99 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:99 msgid "Top" msgstr "顶部" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:101 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:101 msgid "Up" msgstr "向上" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:103 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:103 msgid "Down" msgstr "向下" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:105 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:105 msgid "Bottom" msgstr "底部" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:107 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:107 msgid "Classify" msgstr "分类" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:134 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:134 msgid "Add" msgstr "添加" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:140 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:140 msgid "Add All" msgstr "全部添加" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:153 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:153 msgid "Remove All" msgstr "全部去除" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:183 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:183 msgid "File %1 is not a regular file!" msgstr "文件“%1”不是正常的文件！" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:188 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:188 msgid "File %1 is too big!" msgstr "文件 %1 太大！" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:212 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:212 msgid "" "Pattern file has invalid format!\n" "\n" @@ -5243,37 +5191,33 @@ "该文件需要包含带有正则表达式和类名的行。\n" "例如：" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:237 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:237 msgid "Detected following pattern lines:" msgstr "检测到如下模式行：" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 msgid "Ok to match devices to classes with these patterns?" msgstr "确定要使用这些模式来将设备匹配到类？" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "<p>This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " -"cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). </p>" msgstr "" "<p>该对话框用来为 RAID 中的 RAID 设备定义类。\n" "可用的类为 A、B、C、D 和 E，但是大多数情况下，\n" "只需要少数几个类（例如，只需要 A 和 B）。</p>" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "<p>You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing " -"the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " -"in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " -"currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" "selected devices into this class.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>您可以通过右键单击该设备\n" @@ -5282,8 +5226,8 @@ "也可以使用标为“%1”到“%2”的按钮\n" "来将当前所选设备归入此类。</p>" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 msgid "" "<p>After choosing classes for devices you can order the \n" "devices by pressing one of the buttons labeled \"%1\" or \"%2\"." @@ -5291,8 +5235,8 @@ "<p>为设备归类之后，您可以通过\n" "按标为“%1”或“%2”的按钮来对设备排序。" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351 msgid "" "<b>Sorted</b> puts all devices of class A before all devices\n" "of class B and so on." @@ -5300,20 +5244,19 @@ "<b>排序</b>将所有 A 类的设备放置到\n" "所有 B 类的设备之前，以此类推。" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359 msgid "" "<b>Interleaved</b> uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" -"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will " -"follow." +"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." msgstr "" "<b>交错</b>使用 A 类的第一个设备，然后是 B 类的第一个设备，\n" "直到用光所有类下的指派设备。\n" "然后接着是 A 类的第二个设备，B 类的第二个设备，以此类推。" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 msgid "" "All devices without a class are sorted to the end of devices list.\n" "When you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the \n" @@ -5323,20 +5266,16 @@ "当您离开弹出窗口时，设备的当前顺序将作为\n" "创建 RAID 的顺序。</p>" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"<b>%1</b>\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " -"devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " -"expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" -"part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " -"then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" "regular expression.</p>" msgstr "" "按一下按钮“<b>%1</b>”，可选择一个其中的行中\n" @@ -5348,24 +5287,24 @@ "如果某个设备名匹配了多个正则表达式，\n" "第一个匹配将最终决定类名。</p>" -#. headline text -#. Column header -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:126 +#. headline text +#. Column header +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:126 msgid "Device" msgstr "设备" -#. headline text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:550 +#. headline text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:550 msgid "Pattern File" msgstr "模式文件" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:289 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:289 msgid "Tmpfs &Size" msgstr "Tmpfs 大小(&S)" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:298 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:298 msgid "" "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." @@ -5373,34 +5312,33 @@ "指定了无效的大小。请使用数字，并以 K、M、G 或 % 结尾。\n" "值必须大于 100k 或介于 1% 和 200% 之间。请重试。" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:301 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:301 msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "值必须介于 1% 和 200% 之间。请重试。" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 msgid "" "<p><b>Tmpfs Size:</b>\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " -"Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Tmpfs 大小：</b>\n" "大小的输入形式可以为数字后跟 K、M、G（分别对应 KB、MB 或 GB）\n" "，也可以为数字后跟百分比符号（表示内存百分比）。</p>" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:322 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:322 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr "交换优先级(&P)" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:330 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:330 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgstr "值须在 0 和 32767 之间。请重试。" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:337 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:337 msgid "" "<p><b>Swap Priority:</b>\n" "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.</p>\n" @@ -5408,30 +5346,29 @@ "<p><b>交换优先级：</b>\n" "输入交换优先级。较高的值代表较高优先级。</p>\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:494 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:494 msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "只读装入(&R)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:498 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:498 msgid "" "<p><b>Mount Read-Only:</b>\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " -"installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>只读装入：</b>\n" "禁止对文件系统进行写入。默认值为“否”。\n" "安装期间文件系统总是以读写模式装入的。</p>" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:510 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:510 msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "不更新访问时间(&A)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:514 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:514 msgid "" "<p><b>No Access Time:</b>\n" "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.</p>\n" @@ -5439,13 +5376,13 @@ "<p><b>不更新访问时间：</b>\n" "读取文件时不更新访问时间。默认为否。</p>\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:524 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:524 msgid "Mountable by User" msgstr "可由用户装入" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 msgid "" "<p><b>Mountable by User:</b>\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.</p>\n" @@ -5453,21 +5390,19 @@ "<p><b>可由用户装入：</b>\n" "普通用户可装入文件系统。默认为否。</p>\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:541 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:541 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "不在系统启动时装入(&S)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:547 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:547 msgid "" "<p><b>Do Not Mount at System Start-up:</b>\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></" -"tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " -"mounted). Default is false.</p>\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>不在系统启动时装入：</b>\n" "系统启动时不会自动装入文件系统。\n" @@ -5475,13 +5410,13 @@ "系统才会在 /etc/fstab 中创建一个项目，并使用适当的选项\n" "装入文件系统（<安装点> 是文件系统的装入目录）。默认为否。</p>\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:564 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:564 msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "启用定额支持(&Q)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:570 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:570 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable Quota Support:</b>\n" "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" @@ -5491,23 +5426,21 @@ "在用户定额已启用的情况下装载文件系统。\n" "默认值为 false。</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:589 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:589 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "数据日记模式(&J)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:598 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:598 msgid "" "<p><b>Data Journaling Mode:</b>\n" "Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n" "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact.<br>\n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " -"impact.<br>\n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact." -"</p>\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact.<br>\n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>数据日记模式：</b>\n" "指定文件数据的日记模式。\n" @@ -5517,13 +5450,13 @@ "写入主文件系统。对性能影响一般。<br>\n" "<tt>回写</tt> -- 不保留数据顺序。不影响性能。</p>\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "访问控制列表 (ACL)(&A)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 msgid "" "<p><b>Access Control Lists (ACL):</b>\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.</p>\n" @@ -5531,13 +5464,13 @@ "<p><b>访问控制列表 (ACL)：</b>\n" "对文件系统启用访问控制列表。</p>\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:634 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:634 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "扩展用户特性(&E)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:638 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:638 msgid "" "<p><b>Extended User Attributes:</b>\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.</p>\n" @@ -5545,36 +5478,33 @@ "<p><b>扩展用户特性：</b>\n" "允许在文件系统中使用扩展用户特性。</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:655 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:655 msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "自由选项值(&V)" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:660 -msgid "" -"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " -"again." +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:660 +msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." msgstr "自由选项值中有无效字符。请勿使用空格或 Tab。请重试。" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:664 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:664 msgid "" "<p><b>Arbitrary Option Value:</b>\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /" -"etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>任意选项值</b>：\n" "在此字段中，键入 /etc/fstab 的第四个字段中允许的任何合法装入选项。\n" "多个选项用逗号隔开。</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:681 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:681 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "文件名所用字符集(&S)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:702 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:702 msgid "" "<p><b>Charset for File Names:</b>\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.</p>\n" @@ -5582,65 +5512,60 @@ "<p><b>文件名所用字符集：</b>\n" "设置在 Windows 分区中显示文件名所用的字符集。</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:713 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:713 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "FAT 短名称的代码页(&P)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:719 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:719 msgid "" "<p><b>Codepage for Short FAT Names:</b>\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " -"systems.</p>\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>FAT 短名称的代码页：</b>\n" "使用此代码页可以转换为 FAT 文件系统上的短名称字符。</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "FAT 数目(&F)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:739 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:739 msgid "" "<p><b>Number of FATs:</b>\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " -"is 2.</p>" +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>FAT 数目：</b>\n" "指定文件系统中的文件分配表的数目。默认值是 2。</p>" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:748 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:748 msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "FAT 大小(&S)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:759 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:759 msgid "" "<p><b>FAT Size:</b>\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " -"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable " -"for the file system size.</p>\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>FAT 大小：</b>\n" -"指定所用文件分配表使用的类型（12 位、16 位或 32 位）。如果指定自动选项，YaST " -"将为文件系统大小自动选择最适合的值。</p>\n" +"指定所用文件分配表使用的类型（12 位、16 位或 32 位）。如果指定自动选项，YaST 将为文件系统大小自动选择最适合的值。</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:768 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:768 msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "根目录项(&D)" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." msgstr "“根目录项”的最小大小为 112。请重试。" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780 msgid "" "<p><b>Root Dir Entries:</b>\n" "Select the number of entries available in the root directory.</p>\n" @@ -5648,66 +5573,58 @@ "<p><b>根目录项：</b>\n" "选择根目录中可用的项数。</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:793 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:793 msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr "哈希函数(&F)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:800 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:800 msgid "" "<p><b>Hash Function:</b>\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names " -"in directories.</p>\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>哈希函数：</b>\n" "此选项指定对目录中的文件名进行排序所用的哈希函数的名称。</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:809 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:809 msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "FS 版本(&R)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 msgid "" "<p><b>FS Revision:</b>\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " -"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " -"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " -"2.4.</p>\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>FS 版本：</b>\n" -"此选项定义要使用的 reiserfs 格式版本。“3.5”用于向后兼容 2.2.x 系列的内" -"核。“3.6”是最新的，但只能用于 2.4 或更高版本的内核。</p>\n" +"此选项定义要使用的 reiserfs 格式版本。“3.5”用于向后兼容 2.2.x 系列的内核。“3.6”是最新的，但只能用于 2.4 或更高版本的内核。</p>\n" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:829 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:993 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:829 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:993 msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr "块大小 (B)(&S)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 msgid "" "<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " -"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " -"of 4096 is used.</p>\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>块大小：</b>\n" -"以字节为单位指定块大小。有效的块大小值为每个块 512、1024、2048 和 4096 字节。" -"如果选中自动选项，将使用 4096 这个标准块大小。</p>\n" +"以字节为单位指定块大小。有效的块大小值为每个块 512、1024、2048 和 4096 字节。如果选中自动选项，将使用 4096 这个标准块大小。</p>\n" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "Inode 大小(&I)" -#. help text, richtext format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:851 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1081 +#. help text, richtext format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:851 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1081 msgid "" "<p><b>Inode Size:</b>\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.</p>\n" @@ -5715,32 +5632,30 @@ "<p><b>Inode 大小：</b>\n" "此选项指定文件系统的 inode 大小。</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:860 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:860 msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "Inode 空间百分比(&P)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 msgid "" "<p><b>Percentage of Inode Space:</b>\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " -"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Inode 空间百分比：</b>\n" "“Inode 空间百分比”选项指定文件系统中可分配给 inode 的最大空间百分比。</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:897 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:897 msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr "Inode 对齐(&A)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:903 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:903 msgid "" "<p><b>Inode Aligned:</b>\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " -"or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -5749,13 +5664,13 @@ "是否对齐。默认设置是对齐。对齐的 inode 访问\n" "通常比未对齐的效率高。</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:933 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:933 msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "日志大小 (MB)(&L)" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 msgid "" "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n" "Enter a value greater than zero.\n" @@ -5763,29 +5678,28 @@ "“日志大小”值不正确。\n" "请输入大于零的值。\n" -#. xgettext: no-c-format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:947 +#. xgettext: no-c-format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:947 msgid "" "<p><b>Log Size</b>\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " -"aggregate size.</p>\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>日志大小</b>\n" "设置日志大小（以 MB 为单位）。如果选择自动选项，默认值为总大小的 40%。</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:955 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:955 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "调用坏块列表实用程序(&U)" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "块中的步幅(&L)" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:977 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:977 msgid "" "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n" "Select a value greater than 1.\n" @@ -5793,8 +5707,8 @@ "“块中的步幅”值无效。\n" "请选择大于 1 的值。\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:981 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:981 msgid "" "<p><b>Stride Length in Blocks:</b>\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -5806,25 +5720,22 @@ "该自变量将 RAID 分带中的块数\n" "作为自己的自变量。</p>\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 msgid "" "<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " -"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " -"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>块大小：</b>\n" -"以字节为单位指定块大小。有效的块大小值为每个块 1024、2048 和 4096 字节。如果" -"选中自动选项，块大小将由文件系统的大小和预期使用量来决定。</p>\n" +"以字节为单位指定块大小。有效的块大小值为每个块 1024、2048 和 4096 字节。如果选中自动选项，块大小将由文件系统的大小和预期使用量来决定。</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1009 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1009 msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr "每 inode 的字节数(&I)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1015 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1015 msgid "" "<p><b>Bytes per Inode:</b> \n" "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n" @@ -5832,13 +5743,11 @@ "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" -"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a " -"reasonable\n" +"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" "value for this parameter.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>每 inode 的字节数：</b>\n" -"指定字节与 inode 的比率。YaST 为磁盘上每 <每 inode 的字节数> 个字节的空" -"间\n" +"指定字节与 inode 的比率。YaST 为磁盘上每 <每 inode 的字节数> 个字节的空间\n" "创建一个 inode。该比值越大，创建的 inode 越少。\n" "通常这个值不应小于文件系统中的块大小，\n" "因为若比块小的话就会创建太多的 inode。\n" @@ -5846,13 +5755,13 @@ "因此务必为此参数输入一个合理值。\n" "</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "为 root 保留的块的百分比(&R)" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1041 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1041 msgid "" "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" @@ -5860,25 +5769,19 @@ "“为 root 保留的块的百分比”值不正确。\n" "只允许不大于 99 的浮点数（例如 0.5）。\n" -#. xgettext: no-c-format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1046 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of " -"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " -"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " -"default is 0.1.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>为 root 保留的块的百分比：</b>指定为超级用户保留的块的百分比。该值默认" -"会自动计算，通常保留 1G。默认保留的上限是 5.0, 下限是 0.1。</p>" +#. xgettext: no-c-format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1046 +msgid "<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>为 root 保留的块的百分比：</b>指定为超级用户保留的块的百分比。该值默认会自动计算，通常保留 1G。默认保留的上限是 5.0, 下限是 0.1。</p>" -#. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1055 +#. checkbox text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1055 msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "禁用常规检查" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1063 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1063 msgid "" "<p><b>Disable Regular Checks:</b>\n" "Disable regular file system check at booting.</p>\n" @@ -5886,13 +5789,13 @@ "<p><b>禁用常规检查：</b>\n" "开机时禁用常规文件系统检查。</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1090 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1090 msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "目录索引功能(&D)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1097 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1097 msgid "" "<p><b>Directory Index:</b>\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.</p>\n" @@ -5900,30 +5803,29 @@ "<p><b>目录索引</b>：\n" "允许使用哈希 b-trees 加速在大目录中的查找。</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1109 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1109 msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "无日记(&N)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1116 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1116 msgid "" "<p><b>No Journal:</b>\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " -"really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" "know what you are doing.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>无日记：</b>\n" "禁止在文件系统上使用日记。只有真正了解\n" "正在执行的操作时才能激活它。</p>\n" -#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 +#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n" msgstr "不允许在磁盘 %{device} 上执行操作。\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 msgid "" "\n" "It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n" @@ -5943,8 +5845,8 @@ "对这些分区进行格式化并为其指派安装点，但无法\n" "在此处添加或编辑分区、调整其大小或从该磁盘中去除分区。\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 msgid "" "\n" "The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n" @@ -5964,8 +5866,8 @@ "对这些分区进行格式化并为其指派安装点，但无法\n" "在此处添加或编辑分区、调整其大小或从该磁盘中去除分区。\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 msgid "" "\n" "The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n" @@ -5985,8 +5887,8 @@ "对它进行格式化并指派安装点，但无法在此处调整分区大小\n" "或从该磁盘中去除分区。\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6000,8 +5902,8 @@ "将磁盘分区表初始化为正常状态，\n" "但这会损坏此磁盘上所有分区内的所有数据。\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6013,26 +5915,26 @@ "如果您不打算在安装过程中使用这个磁盘，\n" "则可以放心地忽略此讯息。\n" -#. Returns map of free space per partition -#. -#. @param [String] device -#. @param integer testsize -#. @param [Symbol] used_fs -#. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 +#. Returns map of free space per partition +#. +#. @param [String] device +#. @param integer testsize +#. @param [Symbol] used_fs +#. @param [Boolean] verbose +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "无法改变大小：" -#. Sets a new size for volume -#. -#. @param [String] device name -#. @param [String] disk -#. @param integer new_size (in kBytes) -#. @return [Boolean] if successful -#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap -#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map -#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2695 src/modules/Storage.rb:3918 +#. Sets a new size for volume +#. +#. @param [String] device name +#. @param [String] disk +#. @param integer new_size (in kBytes) +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap +#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map +#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2695 src/modules/Storage.rb:3918 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -6044,8 +5946,8 @@ "\n" "提供的加密口令可能有误。\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3949 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3949 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -6055,8 +5957,8 @@ "不匹配。\n" "请重试。" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3980 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3980 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -6066,26 +5968,26 @@ " 0 到 9、a 到 z、A 到 Z 和“@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>”中的任意字符。\n" "请重试。" -#. Label: get password for encrypted volume -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4034 +#. Label: get password for encrypted volume +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4034 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "输入加密口令(&E)：" -#. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4093 +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4093 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "提供口令" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4112 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4112 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "下列加密卷已可用。" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4127 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4127 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "加密卷激活" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4131 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4131 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -6097,12 +5999,12 @@ "如果在更新过程中需要这些卷，或者\n" "如果它们包含加密的 LVM 物理卷，则需要知道口令。" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4143 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4143 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "是否要提供加密口令？" -#. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4200 +#. text in help field +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4200 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -6112,71 +6014,70 @@ "设备的加密口令。\n" "会尝试将口令用于所有设备。" -#. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 +#. header text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "输入加密口令" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4209 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4209 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "没有需要解除锁定的加密卷。" -#. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 +#. label text, multiple device names follow +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "提供下列任一设备的口令：" -#. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4225 +#. label text, one device name follows +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4225 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "提供如下设备的口令：" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4238 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4238 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "正在尝试解除加密卷的锁定..." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4262 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4262 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "口令未解除任何卷的锁定。" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4348 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4348 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "IDE 磁盘" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4354 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4354 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "SCSI 磁盘" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4360 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4360 msgid "Disk" msgstr "磁盘" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4388 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4388 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "DM RAID" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4401 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4401 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "MD RAID" -#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does -#. not provide anything -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4906 +#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does +#. not provide anything +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4906 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "安装必需的包失败。" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4907 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4907 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 msgid "Continue despite the error?" msgstr "尽管出错还是继续？" -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5246 -msgid "" -"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5246 +msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "无法创建分区，因为磁盘上有其他分区处于使用状态。" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5272 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5272 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6186,7 +6087,7 @@ "设备 %1 无法修改，因为它包含\n" "运行安装所需的激活的交换分区。\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5286 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5286 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6196,7 +6097,7 @@ "设备 %1 无法修改，因为它包含执行安装所需的\n" "安装数据。\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5315 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5315 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6206,7 +6107,7 @@ "设备 %1 无法去除，因为它包含\n" "运行安装所需的激活的交换分区。\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5324 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5324 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6216,7 +6117,7 @@ "设备 %1 无法去除，因为它包含执行安装所需的\n" "安装数据。\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5353 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5353 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6228,7 +6129,7 @@ "改变设备 %2，而该设备包含用于\n" "运行安装的已激活 swap。\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5364 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5364 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6238,8 +6139,8 @@ "设备 %1 无法去除，因为这样将间接改变\n" "包含执行安装所需数据的设备 %2 。\n" -#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5386 +#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5386 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6249,114 +6150,114 @@ "无法去除分区 %1，因为磁盘 %2 上有\n" "其他分区正在使用它。\n" -#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5475 +#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5475 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "未指派根文件系统！" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5476 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5476 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "安装一定会致命失败！" -#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over -#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now -#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6027 +#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over +#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now +#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6027 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "添加下列可解析项时失败：%1" -#. hack: assume every text change means another action -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:139 +#. hack: assume every text change means another action +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:139 msgid "Failure occurred during the following action:" msgstr "执行以下操作时失败：" -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:151 +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:151 msgid "System error code was: %1" msgstr "系统错误代码为：%1" -#. Label: get password for device -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 +#. Label: get password for device +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 msgid "&Enter Password for Device %1:" msgstr "输入设备 %1 的口令(&E)：" -#. human text for Boolean value -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:86 +#. human text for Boolean value +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:86 msgid "Yes" msgstr "是" -#. human text for Boolean value -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:89 +#. human text for Boolean value +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:89 msgid "No" msgstr "否" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "format" (to format a partition) -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:135 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "format" (to format a partition) +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:135 msgid "F" msgstr "F" -#. Column header, , abbreviation for "encrypted" (an encrypted device) -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:138 +#. Column header, , abbreviation for "encrypted" (an encrypted device) +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:138 msgid "Enc" msgstr "已加密" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "Filesystem Type" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:141 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "Filesystem Type" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:141 msgid "FS Type" msgstr "FS 类型" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:153 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:153 msgid "Start" msgstr "起始" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:156 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:156 msgid "End" msgstr "结束 " -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:159 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:159 msgid "FS ID" msgstr "FS ID" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:177 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:177 msgid "Disk Label" msgstr "磁盘标签" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:180 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:180 msgid "Metadata" msgstr "元数据" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "Physical Extent" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:183 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "Physical Extent" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:183 msgid "PE Size" msgstr "PE 大小" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:189 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:189 msgid "RAID Version" msgstr "RAID 版本" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:198 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:198 msgid "Parity Algorithm" msgstr "奇偶校验算法" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:201 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:201 msgid "Vendor" msgstr "供应商" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:204 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:204 msgid "Model" msgstr "型号" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:223 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:223 msgid "" "<b>BIOS ID</b> shows the BIOS ID of the hard\n" "disk. This field can be empty." @@ -6364,8 +6265,8 @@ "<b>BIOS ID</b> 显示硬\n" "盘的 BIOS ID。该字段可以为空。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:231 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:231 msgid "" "<b>Bus</b> shows how the device is connected to\n" "the system. This field can be empty, e.g. for multipath disks." @@ -6373,8 +6274,8 @@ "<b>总线</b>显示该设备是如何连接到\n" "系统的。该字段可以为空（例如，对于多路径磁盘）。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 msgid "" "<b>Chunk Size</b> shows the chunk size for RAID\n" "devices." @@ -6382,8 +6283,8 @@ "<b>大块大小</b>显示 RAID\n" "设备的大块大小。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:245 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:245 msgid "" "<b>Cylinder Size</b> shows the size of the\n" "cylinders of the hard disk." @@ -6391,15 +6292,15 @@ "<b>柱面大小</b>显示\n" "硬盘的柱面大小。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:253 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:253 msgid "" "<b>Sector Size</b> shows the size of the\n" "sectors of the hard disk." msgstr "<b>扇区大小</b>显示硬盘的扇区大小。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:261 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:261 msgid "" "<b>Device</b> shows the kernel name of the\n" "device." @@ -6407,8 +6308,8 @@ "<b>设备</b>显示\n" "设备的内核名称。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267 msgid "" "<b>Disk Label</b> shows the partition table\n" "type of the disk, e.g <tt>MSDOS</tt> or <tt>GPT</tt>." @@ -6416,8 +6317,8 @@ "<b>磁盘标签</b>显示磁盘的分区表\n" "类型，例如，<tt>MSDOS</tt> 或 <tt>GPT</tt>。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:275 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:275 msgid "" "<b>Encrypted</b> shows whether the device is\n" "encrypted." @@ -6425,8 +6326,8 @@ "<b>已加密</b>显示该设备是否\n" "加密。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:281 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:281 msgid "" "<b>End Cylinder</b> shows the end cylinder of\n" "the partition." @@ -6434,8 +6335,8 @@ "<b>结束柱面</b>显示\n" "分区的结束柱面。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:287 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:287 msgid "" "<b>LUN</b> shows the Logical Unit Number for\n" "Fibre Channel disks." @@ -6443,8 +6344,8 @@ "<b>LUN</b> 显示\n" "光纤通道磁盘的逻辑单元号。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:295 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:295 msgid "" "<b>Port ID</b> shows the port id for Fibre\n" "Channel disks." @@ -6452,8 +6353,8 @@ "<b>端口 ID</b> 显示光纤\n" "通道磁盘的端口 ID。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:301 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:301 msgid "" "<b>WWPN</b> shows the World Wide Port Name for\n" "Fibre Channel disks." @@ -6461,8 +6362,8 @@ "<b>WWPN</b> 显示\n" "光纤通道磁盘的全球端口名称。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:309 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:309 msgid "" "<b>File Path</b> shows the path of the file for\n" "an encrypted loop device." @@ -6470,8 +6371,8 @@ "<b>文件路径</b>显示用于\n" "加密循环设备的文件路径。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317 msgid "" "<b>Format</b> shows some flags: <tt>F</tt>\n" "means the device is selected to be formatted." @@ -6479,18 +6380,18 @@ "<b>格式化</b>显示一些标志：<tt>F</tt>\n" "表示选择此设备进行格式化。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:323 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:323 msgid "<b>FS ID</b> shows the file system id." msgstr "<b>FS ID</b> 显示文件系统 ID。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326 msgid "<b>FS Type</b> shows the file system type." msgstr "<b>FS 类型</b>显示文件系统类型。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331 msgid "" "<b>Label</b> shows the label of the file\n" "system." @@ -6498,8 +6399,8 @@ "<b>标签</b>显示文件\n" "系统的标签。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:337 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:337 msgid "" "<b>Metadata</b> shows the LVM metadata type for\n" "volume groups." @@ -6507,30 +6408,28 @@ "<b>元数据</b>显示用于\n" "卷组的 LVM 元数据类型。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:341 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:341 msgid "<b>Model</b> shows the device model." msgstr "<b>型号</b>显示设备型号。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 msgid "" "<b>Mount by</b> indicates how the file system\n" -"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) " -"by\n" +"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" "<b>装入方式</b>指出文件系统的装入方式：\n" "（内核）通过内核名称，（标签）通过文件系统标签，\n" "(UUID) 通过文件系统 UUID，(ID) 通过设备 ID，（路径）通过设备路径。\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 msgid "" "A question mark (?) indicates that\n" "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" -"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this " -"volume\n" +"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" msgstr "" "问号 (?) 表示文件系统没有列在 <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> 中。\n" @@ -6538,8 +6437,8 @@ "当改变此卷的设置时，\n" "YaST 不会更新 <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>。\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368 msgid "" "<b>Mount Point</b> shows where the file system\n" "is mounted." @@ -6547,20 +6446,19 @@ "<b>安装点</b>显示装入文件系统\n" "的位置。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " -"it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" "安装点后面的星号 (*) 表示此文件系统\n" "当前未装入（例如，由于\n" "在 <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> 中设置了它的 <tt>noauto</tt> 选项）。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385 msgid "" "<b>Number of Cylinders</b> shows how many\n" "cylinders the hard disk has." @@ -6568,8 +6466,8 @@ "<b>柱面数</b>显示\n" "该硬盘拥有的柱面数。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:393 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:393 msgid "" "<b>Parity Algorithm</b> shows the parity\n" "algorithm for RAID devices with RAID type 5, 6 or 10." @@ -6577,20 +6475,20 @@ "<b>奇偶校验算法</b>显示 RAID 类型\n" "为 5、6 或 10 的 RAID 设备的奇偶校验算法。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401 msgid "" "<b>PE Size</b> shows the physical extent size\n" "for LVM volume groups." msgstr "<b>PE 大小</b>显示 LVM 卷组的物理区域大小。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:407 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:407 msgid "<b>RAID Version</b> shows the RAID version." msgstr "<b>RAID 版本</b>显示 RAID 版本。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:412 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:412 msgid "" "<b>RAID Type</b> shows the RAID type, also\n" "called RAID level, for RAID devices." @@ -6598,13 +6496,13 @@ "<b>RAID 类型</b>显示 RAID 类型，对于 RAID 设备也\n" "称为 RAID 级别。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:418 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:418 msgid "<b>Size</b> shows the size of the device." msgstr "<b>大小</b>显示该设备的大小。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:423 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:423 msgid "" "<b>Start Cylinder</b> shows the start cylinder\n" "of the partition." @@ -6612,8 +6510,8 @@ "<b>起始柱面</b>显示\n" "该分区的起始柱面。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:431 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:431 msgid "" "<b>Stripes</b> shows the stripe number for LVM\n" "logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n" @@ -6621,8 +6519,8 @@ "<b>条带</b>显示 LVM 逻辑卷条带数，\n" "如果大于 1 的话，还会显示以括号括起的条带大小。\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 msgid "" "<b>Type</b> gives a general overview about the\n" "device type." @@ -6630,8 +6528,8 @@ "<b>类型</b>提供了有关\n" "设备类型的一般概述。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:445 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:445 msgid "" "<b>Device ID</b> shows the persistent device\n" "IDs. This field can be empty.\n" @@ -6639,8 +6537,8 @@ "<b>设备 ID</b>显示永久的设备 ID。\n" "该字段可为空。\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453 msgid "" "<b>Device Path</b> shows the persistent device\n" "path. This field can be empty." @@ -6648,8 +6546,8 @@ "<b>设备路径</b>显示永久设备\n" "路径。该字段可以为空。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:461 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:461 msgid "" "<b>Used By</b> shows if a device is used by\n" "e.g. RAID or LVM. If not, this column is empty.\n" @@ -6657,8 +6555,8 @@ "<b>使用对象</b>显示设备是由 LVM 还是 RAID 等对象使用。\n" "如果没有使用对象，则此列为空。\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 msgid "" "<b>UUID</b> shows the Universally Unique\n" "Identifier of the file system." @@ -6666,236 +6564,236 @@ "<b>UUID</b> 显示文件系统的全球唯一\n" "标识符。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:475 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:475 msgid "<b>Vendor</b> shows the device vendor." msgstr "<b>供应商</b>显示该设备的供应商。" -#. row label, %1 is replace by device name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:504 +#. row label, %1 is replace by device name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:504 msgid "Device: %1" msgstr "设备：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:512 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:512 msgid "Size: %1" msgstr "大小：%1" -#. label text -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:548 +#. label text +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:548 msgid "DISK %1" msgstr "磁盘 %1" -#. row label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:570 +#. row label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:570 msgid "Type: %1" msgstr "类型：%1" -#. row label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:587 +#. row label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:587 msgid "Format: %1" msgstr "格式：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by "Yes" or "No" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:614 +#. row label, %1 is replace by "Yes" or "No" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:614 msgid "Encrypted: %1" msgstr "已加密：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system name e.g. "Ext3" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:627 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system name e.g. "Ext3" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:627 msgid "File System: %1" msgstr "文件系统：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by mount point e.g. "/mnt" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:643 +#. row label, %1 is replace by mount point e.g. "/mnt" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:643 msgid "Mount Point: %1" msgstr "安装点：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by mount by method -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:678 +#. row label, %1 is replace by mount by method +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:678 msgid "Mount by: %1" msgstr "装入方式：%1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:688 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:688 msgid "Used by %1: %2" msgstr "使用对象 %1：%2" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system uuid -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:704 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system uuid +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:704 msgid "UUID: %1" msgstr "UUID：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:712 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:712 msgid "Label: %1" msgstr "标签：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by udev device path -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:720 +#. row label, %1 is replace by udev device path +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:720 msgid "Device Path: %1" msgstr "设备路径：%1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:730 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:730 msgid "Device ID %1: %2" msgstr "设备 ID %1：%2" -#. row label, %1 is replace by bios id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:744 +#. row label, %1 is replace by bios id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:744 msgid "BIOS ID: %1" msgstr "BIOS ID：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by disk label e.g. "MSDOS" or "GPT" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:754 +#. row label, %1 is replace by disk label e.g. "MSDOS" or "GPT" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:754 msgid "Disk Label: %1" msgstr "磁盘标签：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by vendor name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:762 +#. row label, %1 is replace by vendor name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:762 msgid "Vendor: %1" msgstr "供应商：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by model string -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:770 +#. row label, %1 is replace by model string +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:770 msgid "Model: %1" msgstr "型号：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by bus name e.g. "SCSI" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:793 +#. row label, %1 is replace by bus name e.g. "SCSI" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:793 msgid "Bus: %1" msgstr "总线：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by metadata version string -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:804 +#. row label, %1 is replace by metadata version string +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:804 msgid "Metadata: %1" msgstr "元数据：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:817 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:817 msgid "PE Size: %1" msgstr "PE 大小：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:838 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:838 msgid "Stripes: %1" msgstr "条带：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by raid version e.g. "1.00" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:846 +#. row label, %1 is replace by raid version e.g. "1.00" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:846 msgid "RAID Version: %1" msgstr "RAID 版本：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by raid type e.g. "RAID1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:854 +#. row label, %1 is replace by raid type e.g. "RAID1" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:854 msgid "RAID Type: %1" msgstr "RAID 类型：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:867 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:867 msgid "Chunk Size: %1" msgstr "大块大小：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by algorithm name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:879 +#. row label, %1 is replace by algorithm name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:879 msgid "Parity Algorithm: %1" msgstr "奇偶校验算法：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:890 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:890 msgid "Number of Cylinders: %1" msgstr "柱面数：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:903 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:903 msgid "Cylinder Size: %1" msgstr "柱面大小：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:920 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:920 msgid "Start Cylinder: %1" msgstr "起始柱面：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:939 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:939 msgid "End Cylinder: %1" msgstr "结束柱面：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:952 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:952 msgid "Sector Size: %1" msgstr "扇区大小：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:964 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:964 msgid "FS ID: %1" msgstr "FS ID：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file path e.g. "/data/secret" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:973 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file path e.g. "/data/secret" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:973 msgid "File Path: %1" msgstr "文件路径：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by wwpn -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:997 +#. row label, %1 is replace by wwpn +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:997 msgid "WWPN: %1" msgstr "WWPN：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by lun -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1010 +#. row label, %1 is replace by lun +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1010 msgid "LUN: %1" msgstr "LUN：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by port id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1032 +#. row label, %1 is replace by port id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1032 msgid "Port ID: %1" msgstr "端口 ID：%1" -#. The predicate function determines whether the disk/partition is -#. included. The predicate function takes two arguments, disk and -#. partition. For disks predicate is called with the partitions set to -#. nil. -#. -#. Possible return values for predicate: -#. `show, `follow, `showandfollow, `ignore -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1304 +#. The predicate function determines whether the disk/partition is +#. included. The predicate function takes two arguments, disk and +#. partition. For disks predicate is called with the partitions set to +#. nil. +#. +#. Possible return values for predicate: +#. `show, `follow, `showandfollow, `ignore +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1304 msgid "<p>The table contains:</p>" msgstr "<p>表包含：</p>" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1356 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1356 msgid "Device:" msgstr "设备：" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1359 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1359 msgid "File System:" msgstr "文件系统：" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1362 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1362 msgid "Hard Disk:" msgstr "硬盘：" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1365 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1365 msgid "Fibre Channel:" msgstr "光纤通道：" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1368 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1368 msgid "LVM:" msgstr "LVM：" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1371 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1371 msgid "RAID:" msgstr "RAID：" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1414 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1414 msgid "<p>The overview contains:</p>" msgstr "<p>概述包含：</p>" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:91 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:91 msgid "" "The storage subsystem is locked by an unknown application.\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." @@ -6903,8 +6801,8 @@ "储存子系统由未知应用程序锁定。\n" "在继续前，您必须先退出该应用程序。" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:105 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:105 msgid "" "The storage subsystem is locked by the application \"%1\" (%2).\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." @@ -6912,35 +6810,33 @@ "储存子系统由应用程序“%1”(%2) 锁定。\n" "在继续前，您必须先退出该应用程序。" -#. bsc#983003 -#. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4624 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5747 -msgid "" -"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " -"under Windows." +#. bsc#983003 +#. penalty for not having separate /home +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4624 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5747 +msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." msgstr "由于文件系统不一致，无法调整大小。请尝试在 Windows 下检查文件系统。" -#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 +#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "根分区的文件系统" -#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309 +#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309 msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "主分区的文件系统" -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6327 +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6327 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "增大交换区以用于挂起(&S)" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "建议设置" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6352 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6352 msgid "" "<p>Choose <b>Partition-based Proposal</b> if you don't want to use LVM.\n" "Choose <b>LVM-based Proposal</b> for plain LVM and <b>Encrypted LVM-based\n" @@ -6950,8 +6846,8 @@ "请为普通 LVM 选择<b>基于 LVM 的建议</b>，\n" "如果想加密系统，请选择<b>基于加密 LVM 的建议</b>。</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6360 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6360 msgid "" "<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -6963,8 +6859,8 @@ "启用自动快照。这也会增加根分区的\n" "大小。</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6369 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6369 msgid "" "<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>" @@ -6972,8 +6868,8 @@ "<p>该建议可以创建独立的主分区。可以使用\n" "相应的组合框选择主分区的文件系统。</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6376 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6376 msgid "" "<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases.</p>" @@ -6981,79 +6877,79 @@ "<p>可将交换分区设置得足够大，以便在大多数情况下\n" "都能将系统暂挂到磁盘。</p>" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6401 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6401 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "请输入建议加密的口令。" -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6408 +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6408 msgid "Password:" msgstr "密码：" -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6419 +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6419 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "再次输入口令以便确认：" -#. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6617 +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6617 msgid "&Partition-based Proposal" msgstr "基于分区的建议(&P)" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6619 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6619 msgid "&LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "基于 LVM 的建议(&L)" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6621 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6621 msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "基于加密 LVM 的建议(&E)" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: StorageSettings.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: StorageSettings.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 msgid "Default Mount-by:" msgstr "默认装入方式：" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 msgid "Default File System:" msgstr "默认文件系统：" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 msgid "Show Storage Devices by:" msgstr "显示储存设备的方式：" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 msgid "Partition Alignment:" msgstr "分区对齐方式：" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "储存设备上的可见信息：" -#. TRANSLATORS: first snapshot description -#: src/modules/StorageSnapper.rb:81 +#. TRANSLATORS: first snapshot description +#: src/modules/StorageSnapper.rb:81 msgid "first root filesystem" msgstr "首个根文件系统"